Перевод: со всех языков на все языки

со всех языков на все языки

to hope for glory

  • 1 hope

    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] be hoped for
    [Swahili Word] -tarajiwa
    [Part of Speech] verb
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] give hope to
    [Swahili Word] -tumainisha
    [Part of Speech] verb
    [Derived Word] tumaini V
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] give up hope
    [Swahili Word] -kata tamaa
    [Part of Speech] verb
    [Derived Word] kata V, tamaa N
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] have hopes
    [Swahili Word] -wa na rajua
    [Part of Speech] verb
    [English Example] "to hope, have hopes".
    [Swahili Example] wa na rajua
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] have hopes of something
    [Swahili Word] -tawakali
    [Part of Speech] verb
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] hope
    [Swahili Word] matarajio
    [Swahili Plural] matarajio
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Derived Word] taraji V
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] hope
    [Swahili Word] tamaa
    [Swahili Plural] tamaa
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    [Derived Word] Arabic
    [English Example] his/her face is full of glory, smile and hope
    [Swahili Example] uso wake umejaa fahari, tabasamu na tamaa [Moh], alijipa tamaa [Sul]
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] hope
    [Swahili Word] tamanio
    [Swahili Plural] matamanio
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 5/6
    [Derived Word] Arabic
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] hope
    [English Plural] hopes
    [Swahili Word] taraja
    [Swahili Plural] mataraja
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 5/6
    [Derived Word] taraji V
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] hope
    [Swahili Word] tumaini
    [Swahili Plural] (us. pl.)
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 5/6
    [Derived Word] tumaini V, (Arabic)
    [Swahili Example] matumaini yake [...] yalikaa katika mimba ya miezi mitano aliyokuwa nayo sasa [Kez]
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] hope
    [Swahili Word] -rajua
    [Part of Speech] verb
    [English Example] "to hope, have hopes".
    [Swahili Example] wa na rajua
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] hope
    [Swahili Word] -tamani
    [Part of Speech] verb
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] hope
    [Swahili Word] -wa na rajua
    [Part of Speech] verb
    [English Example] "to hope, have hopes".
    [Swahili Example] wa na rajua
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] hope
    [Swahili Word] -tumai
    [Part of Speech] verb
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] hope for
    [Swahili Word] -tarajia
    [Part of Speech] verb
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] live in hope
    [Swahili Word] -shika tamaa
    [Part of Speech] phrase
    [English Example] (s)he met him/her seating on the bed and with hope
    [Swahili Example] alimkuta kakaa kitandani huku ameshika tama [Sul], vyakula vizuri alivyoandikiwa mezani alivipiga bumbuazi na kuvishikia tama [Sul]
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] live in hope
    [Swahili Word] -shika tamaa
    [Part of Speech] verb
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [English Word] lose hope
    [Swahili Word] -fa moyo
    [Part of Speech] verb
    [Related Words] fa
    ------------------------------------------------------------

    English-Swahili dictionary > hope

  • 2 esperar

    v.
    1 to wait (for).
    te esperaremos en el aeropuerto we'll meet you at the airport, we'll be waiting for you at the airport
    esperar a que alguien haga algo to wait for somebody to do something
    espera, que ya voy wait a minute, I'm coming
    Elsa espera pacientemente Elsa waits patiently.
    espero poder ayudar I hope I can be of some help
    esperar que to hope that
    espero que sí/no I hope so/not
    esperar hacer algo to hope to do something
    Esperamos que suceda lo mejor We hope for the best.
    no esperábamos esta reacción we didn't expect this reaction
    esperar algo de alguien to expect something from somebody, to hope for something from somebody
    como era de esperar as was to be expected
    Elsa espera un milagro Elsa expects a miracle.
    4 to await, to be in store for (ser inevitable).
    le esperan dificultades many difficulties await him
    ¡me espera una buena en casa! (informal) I'm in for it when I get home!
    5 to wait for, to await, to wait.
    Elsa espera el tren Elsa waits for the train.
    6 to expect to, to look forward to, to hope to, to be expecting to.
    Ellos esperan llegar pronto They hope to arrive soon.
    7 to await for, to expect, to watch for.
    Ellos esperan la noticia They await for the news.
    Me espera una sorpresa A surprise awaits for me.
    * * *
    1 (tener esperanza) to hope for, expect
    2 (contar, creer) to expect
    3 (aguardar) to wait for, await
    4 (desear) to hope
    5 (ser inevitable) to await, be ahead
    6 figurado (bebé) to expect
    1 to wait
    1 (aguardar) to wait
    2 (creer, contar) to expect
    3 (desear) to hope
    \
    en espera de noticias tuyas we hope to hear from you soon
    ¡espérate sentado! don't hold your breath!, you'll be waiting till the cows come home!
    espero que no I hope not
    espero que sí I hope so
    hacer esperar a alguien to keep somebody waiting
    hacerse esperar to keep people waiting
    quien espera desespera a watched pot never boils
    * * *
    verb
    1) to wait for, await
    3) hope
    •
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=aguardar) [+ tren, persona] to wait for

    esperaban noticias de los rehenes — they were waiting for o awaiting news of the hostages

    ¡la que te espera cuando llegues a casa! — you're (in) for it when you get home!

    un lío de aquí te espero — * a tremendous row *

    2) (=desear) to hope

    - ya nos pagará -espero que sea así — "he'll pay us, you'll see" - "I hope you're right o I hope so"

    -¿vienen a la fiesta? -espero que sí — "are they coming to the party?" - "I hope so"

    -¿crees que se enfadará? -espero que no — "do you think she will be angry?" - "I hope not"

    3) (=contar con) to expect

    ¿esperas visita? — are you expecting someone?

    ¿acaso esperas que pague yo? — you're not expecting me to pay, are you?

    ¿qué esperas, que encima te lo agradezca? — don't expect me to thank you for it as well

    ¿qué puedes esperar de él, después de cómo se ha comportado? — what do you expect from him, after the way he has behaved?

    • era de esperar — it was to be expected

    • no esperaba menos de ti — I expected nothing o no less of you

    4) [+ bebé]
    2. VI
    1) (=aguardar) to wait

    ¡espera un momento, este no es mi libro! — hold on o wait a minute, this isn't my book!

    espera en la puerta, ahora mismo voy — wait at the door, I'm just coming

    esperar a o hasta que algn haga algo — to wait for sb to do sth

    • hacer esperar a algn — keep sb waiting

    2)

    • esperar en algn — to put one's hopes o trust in sb

    3.
    See:
    ESPERAR Esperar tiene en inglés varias traducciones, entre las que se encuentran wait (for), await, hope y expect. ► Se traduce por wait ( for ) cuando esperar se refiere al hecho de aguardar la llegada de alguien o de un suceso: Hice el examen hace dos meses y todavía estoy esperando los resultados I took the exam two months ago and I'm still waiting for the results La esperó media hora y después se fue a casa He waited half an hour for her and then went home ► El verbo await es un verbo de uso similar a wait for, aunque no requiere el uso de la preposición y no es muy corriente en inglés moderno: Esperaban ansiosamente la llegada del Rey They eagerly awaited the arrival of the King ► Se traduce por hope cuando deseamos que algo suceda, pero no estamos seguros de si ocurrirá o no: Espero que no se enfade mucho conmigo I hope (that) she won't be very annoyed with me Después de terminar la carrera espero conseguir un buen trabajo I hope to get a good job when I finish university ► Traducimos esperar por expect cuando estamos muy seguros de que algo va a suceder o cuando hay una razón lógica para que algo suceda: Espero aprobar porque el examen me salió muy bien I expect to pass o I expect I'll pass because the exam went very well Ha resultado mejor de lo que esperábamos It was better than we expected Está esperando un niño She's expecting (a baby) Para otros usos y ejemplos ver la entrada
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <autobús/persona/acontecimiento> to wait for

    ¿qué estás esperando para decírselo? — tell him! what are you waiting for?

    b) ( recibir) to meet
    c) sorpresa to await

    ya verás la que te espera en casa! — (fam) you'll catch it o you'll be for it when you get home! (colloq)

    2)
    a) (contar con, prever) to expect

    esperar que + subj: ¿esperabas que te felicitara? did you expect me to congratulate you?; era de esperar que el proyecto fracasara the project was bound to fail; no esperes que cambie de idea don't expect me to change my mind; esperar algo de alguien/algo to expect something of somebody/something; esperaba otra cosa de ti I expected more of you; de ella no puedes esperar ayuda — don't expect her to help

    b) <niño/bebé> to be expecting
    3) ( con esperanza) to hope

    eso espero or espero que sí — I hope so

    esperar + inf — to hope to + inf

    esperar que + subj: espero que no llueva/que te guste I hope it doesn't rain/you like it; espero que tengas suerte I wish you luck; esperemos que no sea nada grave — let's hope it's nothing serious

    2.
    a) ( aguardar) to wait

    espera, que bajo contigo — wait a minute o (colloq) hold on, I'll come down with you

    esperar a + inf: espera a estar seguro wait until you're sure; esperar (a) que + subj: esperaron (a) que él se fuera para entrar they waited for him to go before they went in; espera (a) que te llamen wait until they call you; esperar sentado (fam): si piensa que lo voy a llamar puede esperar sentado if he thinks I'm going to call him he's got another think coming (colloq); ¿que él cambie de idea? mejor espera sentada him change his mind? some hope!; quien espera desespera — waiting's the worst part

    ¿para cuándo espera? — when's the baby due?

    3.
    esperarse v pron
    1) (fam) ( aguardar) to hang on (colloq), to hold on (colloq)

    espérate ¿no ves que estoy ocupada? — wait a minute! can't you see I'm busy?

    2) (fam) ( prever) to expect
    * * *
    1.
    verbo transitivo
    1)
    a) <autobús/persona/acontecimiento> to wait for

    ¿qué estás esperando para decírselo? — tell him! what are you waiting for?

    b) ( recibir) to meet
    c) sorpresa to await

    ya verás la que te espera en casa! — (fam) you'll catch it o you'll be for it when you get home! (colloq)

    2)
    a) (contar con, prever) to expect

    esperar que + subj: ¿esperabas que te felicitara? did you expect me to congratulate you?; era de esperar que el proyecto fracasara the project was bound to fail; no esperes que cambie de idea don't expect me to change my mind; esperar algo de alguien/algo to expect something of somebody/something; esperaba otra cosa de ti I expected more of you; de ella no puedes esperar ayuda — don't expect her to help

    b) <niño/bebé> to be expecting
    3) ( con esperanza) to hope

    eso espero or espero que sí — I hope so

    esperar + inf — to hope to + inf

    esperar que + subj: espero que no llueva/que te guste I hope it doesn't rain/you like it; espero que tengas suerte I wish you luck; esperemos que no sea nada grave — let's hope it's nothing serious

    2.
    a) ( aguardar) to wait

    espera, que bajo contigo — wait a minute o (colloq) hold on, I'll come down with you

    esperar a + inf: espera a estar seguro wait until you're sure; esperar (a) que + subj: esperaron (a) que él se fuera para entrar they waited for him to go before they went in; espera (a) que te llamen wait until they call you; esperar sentado (fam): si piensa que lo voy a llamar puede esperar sentado if he thinks I'm going to call him he's got another think coming (colloq); ¿que él cambie de idea? mejor espera sentada him change his mind? some hope!; quien espera desespera — waiting's the worst part

    ¿para cuándo espera? — when's the baby due?

    3.
    esperarse v pron
    1) (fam) ( aguardar) to hang on (colloq), to hold on (colloq)

    espérate ¿no ves que estoy ocupada? — wait a minute! can't you see I'm busy?

    2) (fam) ( prever) to expect
    * * *
    esperar1
    1 = await, wait, wait for, hang on, be in store, tarry.

    Ex: Comment published so far is favourable, but the code still awaits widespread adoption.

    Ex: Otherwise documents will have to wait in cataloguing departments until the record does become available.
    Ex: Please accept this from the person who was probably the biggest sceptic in the State of Ohio at the beginning -- if we had waited for this from the start, I think we never would have started.
    Ex: ' Hang on a sec, okay?' the senior assistant librarian in charge of serials said as she put the phone down.
    Ex: A worse fate is in store for those whose integrated library sustem vendor goes out of business or is bought by another vendor.
    Ex: And arming himself with patience and piety he tarried awhile until the hubbub was stilled.
    * de aquí te espero = tremendous, humongous [humungous], massive, enormous, gianormous.
    * esperamos su repuesta = look forward to + hearing from you.
    * esperar con impaciencia = kick + Posesivo + heels.
    * esperar el turno de Uno = wait + Posesivo + turn.
    * esperar en el futuro = be in store for + Nombre + in the future, future + have in store.
    * esperar entre bastidores = wait in + the wings, lurk in + the wings.
    * esperar impacientemente = kick + Posesivo + heels.
    * esperar sin nada que hacer = kick + Posesivo + heels.
    * esperar su momento = wait in + the wings, stand in + the wings, lurk in + the wings.
    * esperar su oportunidad = wait in + the wings, stand in + the wings, lurk in + the wings.
    * esperar una sorpresa desagradable = rude awakening + be in store, be in for a rude awakening.
    * hacer esperar = cool + Posesivo + heels.
    * hacer + Pronombre + esperar = keep + Pronombre + waiting.
    * lo que espera a = what is on store for.
    * lo que nos espera = things to come.
    * protesta + no hacerse esperar = cry + ring out.
    * ser lo que nos espera = be the shape of things to come.

    esperar2
    2 = call on/upon, expect, hope, count on, look to, bank on.

    Ex: The difference is only that an indexer is not usually called upon to appreciate the subtleties of the subject to the same extent as an abstractor.

    Ex: In a journal most formal items including articles, essays, discussions and reviews can be expected to be accompanied by an abstract.
    Ex: It is hoped that a new ISDS manual and guidelines for bibliographic description will be published in 1986.
    Ex: Bookstores can no longer count on customers buying books if there is a more attractive entertainment option.
    Ex: Those with more faith than I look to gigantic electronic archives maintained by governments and private companies that will ensure the indefinite survival of the electronic records of humankind.
    Ex: Don't bank on it, there can be bright sunshine, hailstones, drizzle, pouring rain and snowflurries in any given hour of the day.
    * como cabe esperar = unsurprisingly, as one might expect, as expected.
    * como cabía esperar = as expected.
    * como cabría esperar = as might be expected, as one might expect.
    * como era de esperar = as expected.
    * como es de esperar = predictably, not surprisingly, as expected.
    * cuando menos te lo esperes = on any given Sunday.
    * decir + esperar = express + hope.
    * es de esperar = hopefully.
    * esperamos sus noticias = look forward to + hearing from you.
    * esperando que = in hopeful expectation that.
    * esperar con ansiedad = hope for, hold + Posesivo + breath.
    * esperar con ansiedad (+ Infinitivo) = look forward to (+ Gerundio).
    * esperar con interés (+ Infinitivo), = look forward to (+ Gerundio).
    * esperar impacientemente (+ Infinitivo) = look forward to (+ Gerundio).
    * esperar lo imposible = shoot (for) + the moon, cry for + the moon, ask for + the moon, reach for + the moon.
    * esperar lo peor = expect + the worst.
    * esperarse = hold + Posesivo + horses.
    * esperarse Algo = come as + no surprise.
    * esperar una (gran) sorpresa = be in for a (big) surprise.
    * llegar a esperar = come to + expect.
    * mucha gente + esperar que = be widely expected.
    * que espera demasiado = over expectant.
    * salir de donde menos Uno se lo espera = come out of + the woodwork.
    * sin esperarlo = out of the blue, like a bolt out of the blue, like a bolt from the blue.

    * * *
    esperar [A1 ]
    vt
    A
    1 ‹autobús/persona/acontecimiento› to wait for
    esperaba el tren/a un amigo he was waiting for the train/a friend
    podrías haber esperado un momento más oportuno you could have waited for a better moment
    espérame, ya voy wait for me, I'm just coming
    la esperé dos horas/en el bar I waited for her for two hours/in the bar
    esperaban con impaciencia la llegada de sus amigos they were really looking forward to their friends coming, they couldn't wait for o they were dying for their friends to arrive ( colloq)
    le encanta hacerse esperar he loves to keep people waiting
    esperar algo/a algn PARA + INF:
    ¿qué estás esperando para decírselo? tell him! what are you waiting for?
    no me esperes para cenar eat without me o don't wait for me to eat
    2 (recibir) to meet
    la fuimos a esperar al aeropuerto we went to meet her at the airport
    ¿dónde van a esperar el Año Nuevo? where will you be seeing the New Year in?
    3 «sorpresa» to await
    la reacción del gobierno no se hizo esperar the government was swift to react
    como no salgamos temprano ya sabes lo que nos espera a la salida de Madrid if we don't leave early, you know what problems we'll have o you know what it'll be like trying to leave Madrid
    le espera un futuro difícil he has a difficult future ahead of him
    ¡ya verás la que te espera en casa! ( fam); you'll catch it o you'll be for it when you get home! ( colloq)
    B
    1 (contar con, prever) to expect
    tal como esperábamos just as we expected
    cuando uno menos lo espera when you least expect it
    ven a cenar, te espero alrededor de las nueve come to dinner, I'll expect you around nine
    estoy esperando una llamada de Nueva York I'm expecting a call from New York
    esperan un lleno completo they expect a full house
    tuvo mayor aceptación de lo que se esperaba it proved to be more popular than had been expected
    esperar QUE + SUBJ:
    se espera que más de un millón de personas visite la exposición over a million people are expected to visit the exhibition
    ¿qué esperabas, que te felicitara? what did you expect me to do? congratulate you?
    era de esperar que el proyecto fracasara the project was bound to fail, it was only to be expected that the project would fail
    no esperes que cambie de idea don't expect me to change my mind
    esperar algo DE algn/algo to expect sth OF sb/sth
    esperaba otra cosa de ti I expected more of you
    no hay que esperar mucho de las conversaciones we shouldn't expect too much of the talks
    de ella no puedes esperar ayuda don't expect her to help, you can't expect to get any help from her
    2 ‹niño/bebé› to be expecting
    esperan el primer hijo para mayo they're expecting their first child in May
    está esperando familia she's expecting
    C (con esperanza) to hope
    ¿te vienen a recoger? — eso espero are they coming to collect you? — I hope so
    ¿quedarán entradas? — espero que sí will there be any tickets left? — I hope so
    ¿habrá perdido el tren? — espero que no do you think he's missed the train? — I hope not
    esperar + INF:
    espero poder llegar a la cumbre esta vez I hope to be able to reach the summit this time
    espero no haberme olvidado de nada I hope I haven't forgotten anything
    esperar QUE + SUBJ:
    espero que no llueva/que haga buen tiempo I hope it doesn't rain/the weather's nice
    espero que tengas suerte I wish you luck
    espero que no me haya mentido I hope he hasn't lied to me
    esperemos que no sea nada grave let's hope it's nothing serious
    ¡y yo que esperaba que estuviera todo listo! and there was I hoping that everything would be ready!
    ■ esperar
    vi
    A
    1 (aguardar) to wait
    lo siento, no podemos esperar más I'm sorry, we can't wait any longer
    mientras esperaba corregí los exámenes I corrected the tests while I was waiting
    espera, que bajo contigo wait a minute o ( colloq) hold on, I'll come down with you
    espere un momento, por favor wait a moment, please
    espera un momento ¿tú qué haces aquí? just a moment, what are you doing here?
    vamos, que el tren no espera come on, the train won't wait for us
    esperar A + INF:
    espera a estar seguro antes de hablar con ella wait until you're sure before you talk to her
    mejor espero a tener un poco más de dinero ahorrado I'd better wait until I've saved a bit more money
    esperar ( A) QUE + SUBJ:
    el profesor esperó (a) que hubiera silencio the teacher waited for them to be quiet
    tiene que esperar (a) que lo llamen you have to wait for them to call you o until they call you
    esperaron (a) que él se fuera para entrar they waited for him to go before they went in
    esperar sentado ( fam): si piensa que lo voy a llamar puede esperar sentado if he thinks I'm going to call him he's got another think coming ( colloq)
    ¿que él cambie de idea? mejor espera sentada him change his mind? some hope! o don't hold your breath! o we could be waiting till the cows come home! ( colloq)
    quien espera desespera waiting's the worst part, the waiting gets you down
    2
    «embarazada»: no sabía que estaba esperando I didn't know she was expecting
    ¿para cuándo espera? when's the baby due?
    quedar esperando ( Chi); to get pregnant
    A ( fam) (aguardar) to hang on ( colloq), to hold on ( colloq)
    espérate ¿no ves que estoy ocupada? wait a minute o hang on o hold on! can't you see I'm busy?
    B ( fam) (prever) to expect
    ¿qué te esperabas por ese precio? what did you expect for that price?
    no me esperaba esa reacción I hadn't expected her to react like that
    ¿quién se iba a esperar que saliera elegido él? who would have thought he would be elected?
    * * *

     

    esperar ( conjugate esperar) verbo transitivo
    1
    a) ‹autobús/persona/acontecimiento› to wait for;

    ◊ ¿qué estás esperando para decírselo? tell him! what are you waiting for?





    2
    a) (contar con, prever) to expect;


    cuando uno menos lo espera when you least expect it;
    te espero alrededor de las nueve I'll expect you around nine;
    ¿esperabas que te felicitara? did you expect me to congratulate you?;
    era de esperar que el proyecto fracasara the project was bound to fail
    b) ‹niño/bebé› to be expecting

    3 ( con esperanza) to hope;
    eso espero or espero que sí I hope so;

    esperar hacer algo to hope to do sth;
    espero que no llueva I hope it doesn't rain;
    esperemos que no sea nada grave let's hope it's nothing serious
    verbo intransitivo


    espera a estar seguro wait until you're sure;
    esperaron (a) que él se fuera para entrar they waited for him to go before they went in
    b) [ embarazada]:


    esperarse verbo pronominal
    1 (fam) ( aguardar) to hang on (colloq), to hold on (colloq)
    2 (fam) ( prever) to expect;
    ◊ ¡quién se lo iba a esperar! who would have thought it!

    esperar
    I verbo transitivo
    1 (aguardar) to wait for: espera un momento, ¿seguro que hablas del mismo Pedro?, wait a minute, are you sure you're talking about the same Peter?
    2 (tener esperanza) to hope: espero que todo salga bien, I hope everything turns out well ➣ Ver nota en hope 3 (desear, suponer) to expect
    4 fig (un hijo) to expect ➣ Ver nota en expect
    II verbo intransitivo to wait: no puedo esperar más, I can't wait any longer
    ♦ Locuciones: familiar de aquí te espero, incredible, massive: afuera hay un follón de aquí te espero, there's an incredible mess outside
    esperar sentado, to have a long wait in store: si creéis que voy a participar en esa locura podéis esperar sentados, if you think that I'm going to have any part of that madness, you'll have to wait a long time
    Esperar tiene tres significados básicos, que corresponden a tres verbos ingleses:
    Aguardar, en sentido general, se traduce por to wait: Llevo media hora esperándote, I've been waiting for you for half an hour.
    Tener esperanza, desear, se traduce por to hope: Espero que vengas mañana. I hope you will come tomorrow. Espero que sí. I hope so.
    Suponer, esperar algo sabiendo que es muy probable que ocurra, se traduce por to expect: Espero la visita de un amigo (sabemos que va a venir). I'm expecting a friend to call.
    ' esperar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    acecho
    - aguardar
    - amabilidad
    - cruzarse
    - ser
    - esperanza
    - pelaje
    - pendiente
    - prometerse
    - satisfacción
    - como
    - esperado
    - exigir
    - favor
    - hacer
    - mucho
    - preferir
    English:
    aim
    - anticipate
    - await
    - bargain for
    - bargain on
    - daydream
    - eruption
    - expect
    - hang about
    - hang around
    - hang on
    - hold off
    - hold on
    - hope
    - magic wand
    - sit up
    - to
    - trust
    - wait
    - wait about
    - wait around
    - wind
    - would
    - bear
    - bide
    - count
    - dark
    - delay
    - duly
    - else
    - hang
    - hold
    - mind
    - unprepared
    - unrealistic
    * * *
    ♦ vt
    1. [aguardar] to wait for;
    esperar el autobús to wait for the bus;
    te esperaremos en el aeropuerto we'll meet you at the airport, we'll be waiting for you at the airport;
    espéranos un minuto wait for us a minute;
    ¡espérame, que voy contigo! wait for me, I'm coming with you!;
    ¿a qué estás esperando? what are you waiting for?;
    esperar a que alguien haga algo to wait for sb to do sth;
    esperaré a que vuelva I'll wait till she gets back
    2. [tener esperanza de]
    todos esperamos la victoria we all hope for victory;
    esperamos salir al campo el domingo we are hoping to go on a trip to the countryside on Sunday;
    espero poder ayudar I hope I can be of some help;
    esperar que… to hope that…;
    espero que sí/no I hope so/not;
    espero que no te hayas ofendido I hope you didn't take offence;
    esperamos que no sea nada let's hope it's nothing serious;
    ser de esperar: es de esperar que no ocurra ninguna desgracia let's hope nothing terrible happens;
    era de esperar que ocurriría esto you could have predicted this would happen;
    como era de esperar as was to be expected;
    como era de esperar, llovió mucho as was to be expected o as you might expect, there was a lot of rain
    3. [tener confianza en] to expect;
    no esperábamos esta reacción we didn't expect this reaction;
    espero que venga esta noche I expect (that) she'll come tonight;
    esperar algo de alguien to expect sth from sb, to hope for sth from sb;
    espero discreción de usted I expect discretion from you, I expect you to be discreet;
    ¿y qué esperabas (de alguien así)? what did you expect (from someone like that)?;
    no esperaba menos de él I expected no less of him
    4. [ser inminente para] to await, to be in store for;
    nos esperan un buen baño y una cama there's a nice warm bath and a bed waiting for us;
    le esperan dificultades he's in for some problems, there are problems in store for him;
    Fam
    ¡me espera una buena en casa! I'm in for it when I get home!;
    Fam
    ¡no sabes la o [m5] lo que te espera! you don't know what you're in for!
    ♦ vi
    1. [aguardar] to wait;
    espera en este despacho wait in this office;
    espera, que ya voy wait a minute, I'm coming;
    espera un instante o [m5]momento, ¿no es el famoso Pedro Valverde? hang on o wait a minute, isn't that the famous Pedro Valverde?;
    no creo que puedas hacerlo – espera y verás I don't think you'll be able to do it – just (you) wait and see;
    su enfado no se hizo esperar it didn't take long for her anger to surface;
    Fam
    si crees que te voy a dejar dinero, puedes esperar sentado if you think I'm going to lend you some money, you've got another think coming;
    hacer esperar a alguien to keep sb waiting, to make sb wait;
    me hiciste esperar una hora you kept me waiting (for) an hour;
    quien espera desespera a watched pot never boils
    2. [estar embarazada] to be expecting;
    está esperando desde hace cuatro meses she's four months pregnant
    * * *
    I v/t
    1 ( aguardar) wait for;
    hacerse esperar keep people waiting
    2 con esperanza hope;
    (así) lo espero I hope so, hopefully;
    espero que no I hope not, hopefully not;
    es de esperar que it is to be hoped that
    3 ( suponer, confiar en) expect
    4
    :
    esperar un hijo be expecting a baby
    5
    :
    de aquí te espero fam incredible fam
    II v/i ( aguardar) wait;
    puedes esperar sentado you’re in for a long wait
    * * *
    1) aguardar: to wait for, to await
    2) : to expect
    3) : to hope
    espero poder trabajar: I hope to be able to work
    espero que sí: I hope so
    : to wait
    * * *
    1. (aguardar) to wait / to wait for
    ¿hace mucho que esperas? have you been waiting long?
    2. (creer, imaginar) to expect
    3. (tener esperanza, desear) to hope

    Spanish-English dictionary > esperar

  • 3 land

    lænd
    1. noun
    1) (the solid part of the surface of the Earth which is covered by the sea: We had been at sea a week before we saw land.) tierra
    2) (a country: foreign lands.) tierra
    3) (the ground or soil: He never made any money at farming as his land was poor and stony.) terreno, tierras
    4) (an estate: He owns land/lands in Scotland.) tierras

    2. verb
    1) (to come or bring down from the air upon the land: The plane landed in a field; They managed to land the helicopter safely; She fell twenty feet, but landed without injury.) aterrizar
    2) (to come or bring from the sea on to the land: After being at sea for three months, they landed at Plymouth; He landed the big fish with some help.) desembarcar
    3) (to (cause to) get into a particular (usually unfortunate) situation: Don't drive so fast - you'll land (yourself) in hospitalouble!) acabar; ir a parar
    •

    (a type of strong motor vehicle used for driving over rough ground.)

    - landing-gear
    - landing-stage
    - landlocked
    - landlord
    - landmark
    - land mine
    - landowner
    - landslide
    - landslide victory
    - landslide
    - landslide defeat
    - land up
    - land with
    - see how the land lies
    land1 n tierra
    land2 vb aterrizar / tomar tierra
    tr[lænd]
    1 (gen) tierra
    2 (soil) suelo, tierra
    3 (country, region) tierra
    1 (plane etc) aterrizar, tomar tierra; (bird) posarse
    2 (disembark) desembarcar
    3 (fall) caer
    1 (plane etc) hacer aterrizar
    2 (disembark) desembarcar; (unload) descargar
    3 (fish) sacar del agua
    4 familiar (get) conseguir
    5 familiar (hit) asestar
    \
    SMALLIDIOMATIC EXPRESSION/SMALL
    land ahoy! ¡tierra a la vista!
    the land of milk and honey la tierra de la leche y la miel
    to be in the land of the living estar entre los vivos
    to get landed with something familiar (tener que) cargar con algo
    to land on one's feet caer de pies
    to make a living from the land vivir de la tierra
    to make land llegar a tierra
    to see how the land lies tantear el terreno
    farm land tierras nombre femenino plural de cultivo
    land agent SMALLBRITISH ENGLISH/SMALL encargado,-a de una granja, cortijero,-a
    land forces SMALLMILITARY/SMALL ejército de tierra
    land mass masa continental
    land reform reforma agraria
    land register registro de la propiedad
    native land tierra natal, patria
    land ['lænd] vt
    1) : desembarcar (pasajeros de un barco), hacer aterrizar (un avión)
    2) catch: pescar, sacar (un pez) del agua
    3) gain, secure: conseguir, ganar
    to land a job: conseguir empleo
    4) deliver: dar, asestar
    he landed a punch: asestó un puñetazo
    land vi
    1) : aterrizar, tomar tierra, atracar
    the plane just landed: el avión acaba de aterrizar
    the ship landed an hour ago: el barco atracó hace una hora
    2) alight: posarse, aterrizar
    to land on one's feet: caer de pie
    land n
    1) ground: tierra f
    dry land: tierra firme
    2) terrain: terreno m
    3) nation: país m, nación f
    4) domain: mundo m, dominio m
    the land of dreams: el mundo de los sueños
    adj.
    • agrario, -a adj.
    • terrestre adj.
    n.
    • país s.m.
    • suelo s.m.
    • terreno s.m.
    • tierra s.f.
    v.
    • aterrar v.
    • aterrizar (Aeronáutica) v.
    • desembarcar v.
    lænd
    I
    1) u
    a) ( Geog) tierra f

    to know the lie o lay of the land — saber* qué terreno se pisa

    to see how the land lies — tantear el terreno

    to spy out the land — reconocer* el terreno; (before n) <animal, defenses> de tierra, terrestre

    land forces — fuerzas fpl terrestres or de tierra

    b) (ground, property) tierra f

    a plot of land — un terreno, una parcela; (before n)

    land registry — registro m catastral, catastro m

    land reform — reforma f agraria

    c) ( Agr)
    2) c (country, realm) (liter) país m, nación f; ( kingdom) reino m

    to be in the land of Nod — estar* dormido

    to be in the land of the living — (hum) estar* vivito y coleando (hum)


    II
    1.
    1)
    a) (Aerosp, Aviat) \<\<aircraft/spaceship/pilot\>\> aterrizar*; ( on the moon) alunizar*; ( on water) acuatizar*; ( on sea) amarizar*, amerizar*, amarar
    b) ( fall) caer*
    2) (arrive, end up) (colloq) ir* a parar (fam)
    3) ( Naut) \<\<ship\>\> atracar*; \<\<traveleroops\>\> desembarcar*

    2.
    vt
    1)
    a) ( from sea) \<\<passengersoops\>\> desembarcar*; \<\<cargo\>\> descargar*
    b) ( from air) \<\<plane\>\> hacer* aterrizar; \<\<troops\>\> desembarcar*; \<\<supplies\>\> descargar*
    2)
    a) ( in fishing) \<\<fish\>\> sacar* del agua
    b) (win, obtain) \<\<contract\>\> conseguir*; \<\<job/husband\>\> conseguir*, pescar* (fam)
    c) ( strike home) (colloq) \<\<punch\>\> asestar (fam)
    3) ( burden) (colloq)

    to land somebody WITH something/somebody, to land something/somebody ON somebody — endilgarle* or encajarle algo/a alguien a alguien (fam)

    4) ( cause to end up) (colloq)

    to land somebody IN something: that venture landed her in prison con aquel negocio fue a parar a la cárcel (fam); to land somebody/oneself in trouble — meter a alguien/meterse en problemas (fam)

    •
    Phrasal Verbs:
    [lænd]
    1. N
    1) (=not sea) tierra f

    land ho, land ahoy! — ¡tierra a la vista!

    • to goavel by land — ir/viajar por tierra

    • dry land — tierra f firme

    • to make land — (Naut) tomar tierra

    • there was action at sea, on land, and in the air — se combatió en mar, tierra y aire

    • to sight land — divisar tierra

    2) (Agr, Constr) (=ground) tierra f, tierras fpl

    • agricultural land — tierra(s) f(pl) agrícola(s), terreno m agrícola

    • grazing land — tierra(s) f(pl) de pastoreo, tierra(s) f(pl) para pastos

    • the lay or lie of the land — (lit) la configuración del terreno

    • a piece/ plot of land — un terreno, una parcela

    • the land — (Agr) la tierra

    to work on the land — trabajar or cultivar la tierra

    - see how the land lies
    arable 1.
    3) (=property) tierras fpl

    get off my land! — ¡fuera de mis tierras!

    4) (Geog) (=region)

    • desert/ equatorial/ temperate lands — tierras fpl desérticas/ecuatoriales/templadas

    5) (=nation, country) país m

    a land of opportunity/contrasts — un país de oportunidades/contrastes

    - be in the land of the living
    - be in the Land of Nod
    fantasy, native 3., promise 2., 1)
    2. VI
    1) (after flight) [plane] aterrizar; (on water) amerizar, amarizar; (on moon) alunizar

    • to land on sth — [bird, insect] posarse en algo

    2) (from boat) [passenger] desembarcar
    3) (after fall, jump, throw) caer

    to land on one's feet — (lit) caer de pie; (fig) salir adelante

    4) * (also: land up) (in prison, hospital) ir a parar * (in a); acabar (in en)

    he landed in hospital — fue a parar al hospital *, acabó en el hospital

    3. VT
    1) (=disembark, unload) [+ passengers] desembarcar; [+ cargo] descargar
    2) (=bring down) [+ plane] hacer aterrizar
    3) (=catch) [+ fish] pescar, conseguir pescar; (fig) [+ job, contract] conseguir; [+ prize] obtener
    4) *
    a) (=put, dump)

    • to land a blow on sb's chin, land sb a blow on the chin — asestar a algn un golpe en la barbilla

    • they landed the children on me — me endilgaron or endosaron a los niños *

    b)

    • to land sb in sth, his comments landed him in court — sus comentarios hicieron que acabara en los tribunales, sus comentarios hicieron que fuera a parar a los tribunales *

    to land sb in it * — fastidiar or jorobar a algn pero bien *

    to land o.s. in trouble — meterse en problemas

    c) (=encumber)

    • to land sb with sth/sb — endilgar algo/a algn a algn *, endosar algo/a algn a algn *

    I got landed with the job — me endilgaron or endosaron el trabajo *

    how did you land yourself with all these debts? — ¿cómo acabaste tan endeudado?

    4.
    CPD

    land agent N — administrador(a) m / f de fincas

    land defences NPL — defensas fpl de tierra

    land forces NPL — fuerzas fpl de tierra

    land management N — administración f de fincas

    land reclamation N — reclamación f de tierras

    land reform N — reforma f agraria

    land register, land registry N — (Brit) catastro m, registro m catastral, registro m de la propiedad inmobiliaria

    Land Rover ® N — (Aut) (vehículo m) todo terreno m

    land tax N — contribución f territorial

    land use N — uso m de la tierra

    LAND OF HOPE AND GLORY
    Land of Hope and Glory es el título de una canción patriótica británica. Para muchos ciudadanos, sobre todo en Inglaterra, es un símbolo más del país, casi como el himno o la bandera nacional. Se suele entonar al final del congreso anual del Partido Conservador y en la última noche de los Proms, junto con otras conocidas canciones patrióticas.
    See:
    * * *
    [lænd]
    I
    1) u
    a) ( Geog) tierra f

    to know the lie o lay of the land — saber* qué terreno se pisa

    to see how the land lies — tantear el terreno

    to spy out the land — reconocer* el terreno; (before n) <animal, defenses> de tierra, terrestre

    land forces — fuerzas fpl terrestres or de tierra

    b) (ground, property) tierra f

    a plot of land — un terreno, una parcela; (before n)

    land registry — registro m catastral, catastro m

    land reform — reforma f agraria

    c) ( Agr)
    2) c (country, realm) (liter) país m, nación f; ( kingdom) reino m

    to be in the land of Nod — estar* dormido

    to be in the land of the living — (hum) estar* vivito y coleando (hum)


    II
    1.
    1)
    a) (Aerosp, Aviat) \<\<aircraft/spaceship/pilot\>\> aterrizar*; ( on the moon) alunizar*; ( on water) acuatizar*; ( on sea) amarizar*, amerizar*, amarar
    b) ( fall) caer*
    2) (arrive, end up) (colloq) ir* a parar (fam)
    3) ( Naut) \<\<ship\>\> atracar*; \<\<traveler/troops\>\> desembarcar*

    2.
    vt
    1)
    a) ( from sea) \<\<passengers/troops\>\> desembarcar*; \<\<cargo\>\> descargar*
    b) ( from air) \<\<plane\>\> hacer* aterrizar; \<\<troops\>\> desembarcar*; \<\<supplies\>\> descargar*
    2)
    a) ( in fishing) \<\<fish\>\> sacar* del agua
    b) (win, obtain) \<\<contract\>\> conseguir*; \<\<job/husband\>\> conseguir*, pescar* (fam)
    c) ( strike home) (colloq) \<\<punch\>\> asestar (fam)
    3) ( burden) (colloq)

    to land somebody WITH something/somebody, to land something/somebody ON somebody — endilgarle* or encajarle algo/a alguien a alguien (fam)

    4) ( cause to end up) (colloq)

    to land somebody IN something: that venture landed her in prison con aquel negocio fue a parar a la cárcel (fam); to land somebody/oneself in trouble — meter a alguien/meterse en problemas (fam)

    •
    Phrasal Verbs:

    English-spanish dictionary > land

  • 4 promenade

    I [ˌprɒmə'nɑːd] [AE -'neɪd]
    1) (path) passeggiata f.; (by sea) passeggiata f. (a mare), lungomare m.
    2) (dance) promenade f.
    II 1. [ˌprɒmə'nɑːd] [AE -'neɪd]
    verbo transitivo form. esibire, ostentare [ virtues]
    2.
    verbo intransitivo form. passeggiare
    * * *
    (( abbreviation prom [prom]) a level road for the public to walk along, usually beside the sea: They went for a walk along the promenade.) passeggiata, lungomare
    * * *
    promenade /prɒməˈnɑ:d/
    n.
    1 passeggiata; cavalcata
    2 passeggiata; pubblico passeggio; (spec.) lungomare
    5 (teatr.) ridotto
    ● (in GB) promenade concert, concerto popolare NOTE DI CULTURA: promenade concert: è un concerto in cui parte della sala è destinata al pubblico in piedi. In particolare i Promenade Concerts, detti anche Proms, sono concerti di musica classica parzialmente finanziati dalla BBC che si tengono ogni estate a Londra nella Royal Albert Hall. Nella serata finale ( the Last Night of the Proms) vengono suonate arie e canti famosi e il pubblico si unisce al coro. Il concerto si chiude sempre con il canto patriottico Land of Hope and Glory □ (naut.) promenade deck, ponte di passeggiata.
    (to) promenade /prɒməˈnɑ:d/
    A v. i.
    1 passeggiare; andare a spasso
    2 cavalcare ( per diletto); scarrozzarsi
    B v. t.
    1 passeggiare (o camminare, ecc.) lungo ( il corso, il lungomare, ecc.)
    3 scarrozzare (q.).
    * * *
    I [ˌprɒmə'nɑːd] [AE -'neɪd]
    1) (path) passeggiata f.; (by sea) passeggiata f. (a mare), lungomare m.
    2) (dance) promenade f.
    II 1. [ˌprɒmə'nɑːd] [AE -'neɪd]
    verbo transitivo form. esibire, ostentare [ virtues]
    2.
    verbo intransitivo form. passeggiare

    English-Italian dictionary > promenade

  • 5 disfrutar

    v.
    1 to enjoy.
    ¡que lo disfrutes con salud! I hope you enjoy it!
    2 to enjoy oneself.
    disfruté mucho con el concierto I enjoyed the concert a lot
    disfrutar de lo lindo to enjoy oneself very much, to have a great time
    disfruto escuchándoles reír I enjoy hearing them laugh
    espero que disfruten del espectáculo I hope you enjoy the show
    3 to have a good time, to enjoy, to rejoice.
    * * *
    1 (poseer) to own, enjoy, possess; (pensión, renta) to receive
    2 (aprovechar) to make the most of
    1 (poseer) to enjoy (de, -), have (de, -), possess (de, -)
    2 (gozar) to enjoy, enjoy oneself
    * * *
    verb
    * * *
    1. VT
    1) (=gozar de) to enjoy
    2) frm (=poseer) to enjoy
    2. VI
    1) (=gozar) to enjoy o.s.

    ¡que disfrutes! — enjoy yourself!

    2)

    disfrutar de algo — (=poseer) to enjoy sth

    disfrutan de una pensión del Estado — they enjoy o receive a state pension

    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    a) ( divertirse) to enjoy oneself, have fun

    disfrutar + ger — to enjoy -ing

    b)

    disfrutar de algo — de privilegio/derecho to enjoy, have

    con este vale disfrutará de un descuento del 5% — with this voucher you will receive a 5% discount

    2.
    disfrutar vt <viaje/espectáculo> to enjoy; <beneficio/derecho> to have, enjoy
    * * *
    = enjoy, take + pleasure, find + enjoyment, derive + enjoyment, get + a kick, get off on, get + Posesivo + kicks (out of/from).
    Ex. The contentment can only be alarming, however, in the context both of the needs of information education for the future and the much higher levels of resources enjoyed by the principal competitors of SLIS.
    Ex. Just as Ivan finds that by taking pleasure in an extra piece of food he makes survival possible and beats Stalin and his jailors at heir own game.
    Ex. Come to reading willingly, seeking many pleasures from books, and you soon find enjoyment.
    Ex. The skill of the author lies in being able to tell the story in such a way that the reader will suspend disbelief and derive enjoyment from what is basically a simple story skilfully told.
    Ex. I get a kick when I'm on my racing bike, and when I have my skates on it's out of this world.
    Ex. She sounds like she enjoys having people under her thumb and gets off on the whole control thing.
    Ex. It's hard to believe she stands by a man who gets his kicks out of beating her black and blue everynight.
    ----
    * disfrutar al máximo = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.
    * disfrutar cada minuto de = enjoy + every minute of.
    * disfrutar como un enano = love + every minute of it, have + a ball, have + a whale of a time, enjoy + every minute of.
    * disfrutar de = wallow in, get + pleasure from, revel in, get + a buzz from.
    * disfrutar de buena salud = be in good health.
    * disfrutar de la gloria ajena = bask in + reflected glory.
    * disfrutar de la situación = ride + the wave.
    * disfrutar de la vida = sail through + life.
    * disfrutar del triunfo ajeno = bask in + reflected glory.
    * disfrutar de todas las ventajas = have + the best of both worlds.
    * disfrutar de una oportunidad = enjoy + opportunity.
    * disfrutar de un cigarro = enjoy + a smoke.
    * disfrutar + Gerundio = be a joy to + Verbo.
    * disfrutar tomando el sol = bask.
    * * *
    1.
    verbo intransitivo
    a) ( divertirse) to enjoy oneself, have fun

    disfrutar + ger — to enjoy -ing

    b)

    disfrutar de algo — de privilegio/derecho to enjoy, have

    con este vale disfrutará de un descuento del 5% — with this voucher you will receive a 5% discount

    2.
    disfrutar vt <viaje/espectáculo> to enjoy; <beneficio/derecho> to have, enjoy
    * * *
    = enjoy, take + pleasure, find + enjoyment, derive + enjoyment, get + a kick, get off on, get + Posesivo + kicks (out of/from).

    Ex: The contentment can only be alarming, however, in the context both of the needs of information education for the future and the much higher levels of resources enjoyed by the principal competitors of SLIS.

    Ex: Just as Ivan finds that by taking pleasure in an extra piece of food he makes survival possible and beats Stalin and his jailors at heir own game.
    Ex: Come to reading willingly, seeking many pleasures from books, and you soon find enjoyment.
    Ex: The skill of the author lies in being able to tell the story in such a way that the reader will suspend disbelief and derive enjoyment from what is basically a simple story skilfully told.
    Ex: I get a kick when I'm on my racing bike, and when I have my skates on it's out of this world.
    Ex: She sounds like she enjoys having people under her thumb and gets off on the whole control thing.
    Ex: It's hard to believe she stands by a man who gets his kicks out of beating her black and blue everynight.
    * disfrutar al máximo = enjoy + every minute of, love + every minute of it.
    * disfrutar cada minuto de = enjoy + every minute of.
    * disfrutar como un enano = love + every minute of it, have + a ball, have + a whale of a time, enjoy + every minute of.
    * disfrutar de = wallow in, get + pleasure from, revel in, get + a buzz from.
    * disfrutar de buena salud = be in good health.
    * disfrutar de la gloria ajena = bask in + reflected glory.
    * disfrutar de la situación = ride + the wave.
    * disfrutar de la vida = sail through + life.
    * disfrutar del triunfo ajeno = bask in + reflected glory.
    * disfrutar de todas las ventajas = have + the best of both worlds.
    * disfrutar de una oportunidad = enjoy + opportunity.
    * disfrutar de un cigarro = enjoy + a smoke.
    * disfrutar + Gerundio = be a joy to + Verbo.
    * disfrutar tomando el sol = bask.

    * * *
    disfrutar [A1 ]
    vi
    1 (divertirse) to enjoy oneself, have fun, have a good time
    disfruta mientras eres joven have a good time o enjoy life o enjoy yourself while you're young
    disfrutar CON algo to enjoy sth
    disfrutamos mucho con la película we really enjoyed the film
    disfrutar + GER to enjoy -ING
    disfruto viéndolos comer I enjoy watching them eat, it's a pleasure to watch them eat
    disfrutar DE algo to enjoy sth
    espero que hayan disfrutado de la travesía I hope you have enjoyed the crossing, I hope you have had a pleasant crossing
    disfrutaron de muy buen tiempo they had very good weather
    disfruta de buena salud he is in o he enjoys good health, he is very healthy
    disfrutaba de ciertos privilegios she enjoyed o had certain privileges
    la mujer no siempre disfrutó del derecho al voto women did not always have o enjoy the right to vote
    con este vale disfrutará de un descuento del 5% with this voucher you will receive a 5% discount
    ■ disfrutar
    vt
    1 ‹viaje/espectáculo› to enjoy
    2 ‹beneficio/derecho› to have, enjoy
    * * *

     

    disfrutar ( conjugate disfrutar) verbo intransitivo

    disfrutar con/de algo to enjoy sth;

    b) ( tener) disfrutar de algo ‹de privilegio/derecho/buena salud› to enjoy, have

    verbo transitivo ‹viaje/espectáculo› to enjoy;
    ‹beneficio/derecho› to have, enjoy
    disfrutar
    I verbo intransitivo
    1 (gozar, pasarlo bien) to enjoy oneself: disfruta con los libros antiguos, he enjoys old books
    2 (estar en posesión de) to enjoy [de, -]: disfruta de buena salud, he enjoys good health
    II verbo transitivo to enjoy ➣ Ver nota en enjoy
    ' disfrutar' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    saborear
    - tener
    English:
    delight
    - enjoy
    - like
    - love
    - outdoors
    - pleasure
    - vicarious
    - bask
    - glory
    * * *
    ♦ vi
    1. [sentir placer] to enjoy oneself;
    aquí hemos venido a disfrutar we've come here to enjoy ourselves;
    ¡disfruta, ahora que puedes! enjoy yourselves while you can!;
    los niños disfrutan en el circo children enjoy themselves at the circus;
    disfrutar de lo lindo to enjoy oneself very much, to have a great time;
    disfrutar con algo to enjoy sth;
    disfruté mucho con el concierto I enjoyed the concert a lot;
    disfrutar de algo to enjoy sth;
    espero que disfruten del espectáculo I hope you enjoy the show;
    disfrutar haciendo algo to enjoy doing sth;
    disfruto escuchándoles reír I enjoy hearing them laugh
    2. [disponer de]
    disfrutar de algo to enjoy sth;
    disfruta de muy buena salud he enjoys excellent health;
    disfruta de una pensión vitalicia por invalidez she has a disability pension for life;
    afortunadamente, pudimos disfrutar de su colaboración we were fortunate enough to have her working with us;
    disfruta de muchos amigos he has lots of friends;
    allá disfrutan de un clima excelente they have o enjoy an excellent climate there
    ♦ vt
    to enjoy;
    ¡que lo disfrutes con salud! I hope you enjoy it!
    * * *
    I v/t enjoy
    II v/i
    1 have fun, enjoy o.s.
    2
    :
    disfrutar de buena salud be in o enjoy good health
    * * *
    : to enjoy
    : to enjoy oneself, to have a good time
    * * *
    1. (en general) to enjoy yourself
    2. (de una cosa) to enjoy

    Spanish-English dictionary > disfrutar

  • 6 altura

    f.
    1 height.
    2 height.
    pon los dos altavoces a la misma altura put both speakers level with each other
    el tráfico está congestionado a la altura del ayuntamiento there's a traffic jam in the area of the town hall
    3 height.
    Viella está a 1.000 m de altura Viella is 1,000 m above sea level
    ganar o tomar altura to climb (avión)
    se esperan nevadas en alturas superiores a los 800 metros snow is forecast on high ground above 800 meters
    4 loftiness, elevation.
    * * *
    1 (gen) height
    2 (altitud) altitude
    3 (nivel) level, par; (punto) point
    ■ ¿a qué altura de la calle vives? how far up the street do you live?
    ■ hay un buzón en la calle Mayor, a la altura de la zapatería there's a post box in the High Street, near the shoe shop
    4 figurado (mérito, valía, calidad) merit, worth; (dignidad) dignity, excellence
    1 RELIGIÓN heavens
    \
    a estas alturas by now, at this stage
    estar a la altura de to measure up to, match up to, be on a par with
    estar a la altura de las circunstancias figurado to be worthy of the occasion, rise to the occasion
    quedar a la altura del betún familiar to make a very poor showing, look bad
    * * *
    noun f.
    * * *
    SF
    1) [de edificio, techo, persona] height

    se necesita tener una altura superior a 1,80 — you have to be over 1.80 metres tall

    hubo olas de hasta tres metros de altura — there were waves up to three metres high, there were waves of up to three metres in height

    • a la altura de algo, la ventana quedaba a la altura de mi cabeza — the window was level with my head

    altura de caída — [de cascada] fall

    2) [en el aire] height, altitude

    el avión subió a una altura de 10.000 pies — the plane rose to a height o an altitude of 10,000 feet

    nos encontramos a 3.000 metros de altura sobre el nivel del mar — we are 3,000 metres above sea level

    • ganar o tomar altura — to climb, gain height

    • el globo empezó a perder altura — the balloon began to lose height

    mal
    3) (=nivel)

    no encuentra ningún rival a su altura — she can't find a rival to match her, she can't find a rival in her league

    • estar a la altura de — [+ persona] to be in the same league as, be on a par with; [+ tarea] to be up to, be equal to

    no estamos a la altura de los trabajadores japoneses — we are not in the same league as Japanese workers, we are not on a par with Japanese workers

    la novela no estaba a la altura del concurso — the novel was not up to the standard set by the competition, the novel did not measure up to the competition standards

    - dejar o poner a algn a la altura del betún o de un felpudo o del unto

    si no los invitamos quedaremos a la altura del betún — if we don't invite them, it'll look really bad

    4) (Geog)

    • a la altura de — on the same latitude as

    a la altura del km 8 — at the 8th km, at the 8th km point

    ¿a qué altura de la calle quiere que pare? — how far along the street do you want me to stop?

    5) (Náut)

    remolcador de altura — deep-sea tug, ocean-going tug

    6) (Dep) (=salto) high jump; (=distancia del suelo) height

    acaban de superar la altura de 1,90 — they have managed to beat the height of 1.90

    7) (Mús) pitch
    8) [de ideas, sentimientos] sublimity, loftiness
    9) pl alturas
    a) (=lugar elevado) (Geog) heights; (Rel) heaven sing

    ¡Gloria a Dios en las alturas! — Glory to God in Heaven!

    • estar en las alturas — (Rel) to be on high

    b) [de organización] upper echelons
    c)

    • a estas alturas — [de edad] at my/your/his etc age; [de tiempo] at this stage

    a estas alturas no me preocupan las arrugas — at my age, wrinkles don't worry me

    ¿todavía no confías en mí a estas alturas? — you still don't trust me after all this time?

    a estas alturas no podemos volvernos atrás — having come this far we can't go back now, we can't go back at this stage

    d) † (=pisos) storey, story (EEUU)
    * * *
    1) (de persona, edificio, techo) height
    2) ( indicando posición) height

    a la altura del betún or (RPl) felpudo or (Chi) del unto (fam): nos dejaste a la altura del betún you made us look really bad; quedó a la altura del betún he looked really stupid; estar/ponerse a la altura de algo/alguien: para ponernos a la altura de la competencia to put ourselves on a par with our competitors; estar a la altura de las circunstancias to rise to the occasion; no está a la altura de su predecesor he doesn't match up to his predecessor; no estuvo a la altura de lo que esperaban — he didn't live up to their expectations

    3)
    a) (Aviac, Geog) ( altitud) altitude

    perder altura — to lose height o (frml) altitude

    a 2.240 metros de altura — at an altitude of 2,240 meters

    sobrepasar los 4.000 metros de altura — to rise to (a height of) over 4,000 meters

    b)

    de altura — <pesquero/flota> deep-sea (before n); < remolcador> oceangoing (before n)

    ¿a qué altura de Serrano vive? — how far up Serrano do you live?

    b) ( latitud)

    en el Adriático, a la altura de Florencia — on the Adriatic, on the same latitude o (colloq) as far up/down as Florence

    a estas/esas alturas: a estas alturas me vienes con eso! you wait till now to bring this to me!; a estas alturas del año this late on in the year; a esas alturas ya había perdido las esperanzas by that stage he had already lost all hope; a estas alturas del partido — (fam) by now, at this stage of the game (colloq)

    6) (Mús) pitch
    7) alturas femenino plural
    a) ( cimas) heights (pl)
    b) (Relig)
    * * *
    = height, altitude.
    Ex. For a monograph the height of the book is normally given, in centimetres.
    Ex. The museum restored many of its flood-damaged books by a process involving freezing, exposure to a vacuum equivalent to an altitude of 200,000 ft.
    ----
    * a estas alturas = by now.
    * a la altura de = of the stature of, equal to.
    * a la altura de la cintura = waist high, waist deep.
    * a la altura de la rodilla = knee-high.
    * a la altura de los hombros = shoulder-high.
    * a la misma altura que = in the same league as.
    * altura del tipo movible = height-to-paper, type height.
    * altura tipográfica = height-to-paper [heights-to-paper, -pl.].
    * con la misma altura que = the full height of.
    * de altura = high, top-notch.
    * de altura regulable = height-adjustable.
    * estar a la altura de = live up to, be equal to.
    * estar a la altura de la circunstancias = make + the cut.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to snuff, come up with + the goods.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, be equal to the occasion, rise (up) to + the occasion, deliver + the goods, measure up (to), rise (up) to + challenge.
    * estar a la altura de las expectativas = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.
    * estar a la altura de lo que se espera = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la misma altura que = rank with.
    * gran altura = high altitude.
    * no estar a la altura de las expectativas = fall below + expectations.
    * no estar a la altura de lo que se espera = fall below + expectations, be below par, be under par.
    * poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.
    * salto de altura = vertical jump, high jumping, high jump.
    * * *
    1) (de persona, edificio, techo) height
    2) ( indicando posición) height

    a la altura del betún or (RPl) felpudo or (Chi) del unto (fam): nos dejaste a la altura del betún you made us look really bad; quedó a la altura del betún he looked really stupid; estar/ponerse a la altura de algo/alguien: para ponernos a la altura de la competencia to put ourselves on a par with our competitors; estar a la altura de las circunstancias to rise to the occasion; no está a la altura de su predecesor he doesn't match up to his predecessor; no estuvo a la altura de lo que esperaban — he didn't live up to their expectations

    3)
    a) (Aviac, Geog) ( altitud) altitude

    perder altura — to lose height o (frml) altitude

    a 2.240 metros de altura — at an altitude of 2,240 meters

    sobrepasar los 4.000 metros de altura — to rise to (a height of) over 4,000 meters

    b)

    de altura — <pesquero/flota> deep-sea (before n); < remolcador> oceangoing (before n)

    ¿a qué altura de Serrano vive? — how far up Serrano do you live?

    b) ( latitud)

    en el Adriático, a la altura de Florencia — on the Adriatic, on the same latitude o (colloq) as far up/down as Florence

    a estas/esas alturas: a estas alturas me vienes con eso! you wait till now to bring this to me!; a estas alturas del año this late on in the year; a esas alturas ya había perdido las esperanzas by that stage he had already lost all hope; a estas alturas del partido — (fam) by now, at this stage of the game (colloq)

    6) (Mús) pitch
    7) alturas femenino plural
    a) ( cimas) heights (pl)
    b) (Relig)
    * * *
    = height, altitude.

    Ex: For a monograph the height of the book is normally given, in centimetres.

    Ex: The museum restored many of its flood-damaged books by a process involving freezing, exposure to a vacuum equivalent to an altitude of 200,000 ft.
    * a estas alturas = by now.
    * a la altura de = of the stature of, equal to.
    * a la altura de la cintura = waist high, waist deep.
    * a la altura de la rodilla = knee-high.
    * a la altura de los hombros = shoulder-high.
    * a la misma altura que = in the same league as.
    * altura del tipo movible = height-to-paper, type height.
    * altura tipográfica = height-to-paper [heights-to-paper, -pl.].
    * con la misma altura que = the full height of.
    * de altura = high, top-notch.
    * de altura regulable = height-adjustable.
    * estar a la altura de = live up to, be equal to.
    * estar a la altura de la circunstancias = make + the cut.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to snuff, come up with + the goods.
    * estar a la altura de las circunstancias = be up to the mark, be up to scratch, be equal to the occasion, rise (up) to + the occasion, deliver + the goods, measure up (to), rise (up) to + challenge.
    * estar a la altura de las expectativas = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la altura de las posibilidades = live up to + Posesivo + potential.
    * estar a la altura de lo que se espera = live up to + Posesivo + expectations.
    * estar a la misma altura que = rank with.
    * gran altura = high altitude.
    * no estar a la altura de las expectativas = fall below + expectations.
    * no estar a la altura de lo que se espera = fall below + expectations, be below par, be under par.
    * poner a la altura de las circunstancias = bring + Nombre + up to par.
    * salto de altura = vertical jump, high jumping, high jump.

    * * *
    A
    1 (de una persona, un edificio) height; (de una figura geométrica) height
    la altura mínima exigida es de 1,60m the minimum height requirement is 1.60m
    el muro tiene un metro de altura the wall is one meter high
    el faro mide 35 metros de altura the lighthouse is 35 meters high o tall
    un edificio de altura a tall building
    2 (de un techo) height
    pon los dos cuadros a la misma altura put the two pictures level with each other o at the same height
    el tableado nace a la altura de las caderas the pleats begin at the hips, it's pleated from the hips
    quiero pintar la pared hasta esta altura I want to paint the wall up to here
    tiene una cicatriz a la altura de la sien he has a scar on his temple
    cayó de or desde una altura de 20 metros he fell from a height of 20 meters
    a la altura del betún or ( RPl) de un felpudo or ( Chi) del unto ( fam): nos dejaste a la altura del betún you made us look really bad
    no contestó ni una pregunta, quedó a la altura de un felpudo he couldn't answer a single question, he looked really stupid
    estar/ponerse a la altura de algo/algn: lo que permitirá ponernos a la altura de los países más avanzados which will enable us to put ourselves on a par with the most developed countries
    supo estar a la altura de las circunstancias he managed to rise to the occasion
    no estuvo a la altura de lo que se esperaba he didn't live up to their expectations
    no está a la altura de su predecesor he doesn't match up to his predecessor
    si le contestas con palabrotas te estás poniendo a su altura by swearing at her you're just lowering yourself o sinking to her level
    C
    1 ( Aviac, Geog) (altitud) altitude
    volamos a una altura de 10.000 metros we are flying at an altitude of 10,000 meters
    el avión empezó a perder altura the plane started to lose height o ( frml) altitude
    fue construida en una meseta a 2.240 metros de altura it was built on a plateau at an altitude of 2,240 meters
    montañas que sobrepasan los 4.000 metros de altura mountains that rise to (a height of) over 4,000 meters
    2
    de altura ‹pesquero/flota› deep-sea ( before n)
    remolcador de altura oceangoing tug
    D
    (dignidad): se lo dijo con mucha altura she told him in a very dignified manner
    reaccionó con mucha altura he reacted with great dignity
    1
    (en una calle): ¿a qué altura de Serrano vive? how far up o along Serrano do you live?
    cuando la procesión llegó a la altura del Ayuntamiento when the procession reached City Hall
    viven a la altura de la Plaza de Colón they live up by Plaza de Colón
    2
    (latitud): situada en el Adriático, a la altura de Florencia situated on the Adriatic, on the same latitude as Florence o ( colloq) as far up/down as Florence
    F
    (en sentido temporal): a estas/esas alturas: a estas alturas ya deberías haber aprendido cómo se hace you should have learned how to do it by now
    ¡a estas alturas me vienes con esas preguntas! it's a bit late to be asking questions like that now!
    a estas alturas ya nadie se escandaliza por esas cosas nobody is shocked by that kind of thing anymore
    a estas alturas ya deben haber llegado they should have arrived by now o by this time
    a estas alturas del año this late on in the year, so late on in the year
    a estas alturas de la campaña electoral ya no pueden dar marcha atrás sobre eso they can't go back on that at this (late) stage of the election campaign
    a esas alturas ya había perdido las esperanzas by that stage he had already lost all hope
    a estas alturas del partido ( fam); by now, at this stage of the game ( colloq)
    G ( Mús) (de un sonido) pitch; (de la voz) pitch
    H ( Esp period) (piso) story*
    1 (cimas) heights (pl)
    2 ( Relig):
    las alturas the highest
    gloria a Dios en las alturas glory to God in the highest o on high
    * * *

     

    altura sustantivo femenino
    1 (de persona, edificio, techo) height;

    2 ( indicando posición) height;

    a la altura de los ojos at eye level;
    estar/ponerse a la altura de algo/algn: para ponernos a la altura de la competencia to put ourselves on a par with our competitors;
    estar a la altura de las circunstancias to rise to the occasion;
    no está a la altura de su predecesor he doesn't match up to his predecessor
    3
    a) (Aviac, Geog) ( altitud) altitude;

    ◊ a 2.240 metros de altura at an altitude of 2,240 meters

    b)

    ◊ de altura ‹pesquero/flota› deep-sea ( before n);


    ‹ remolcador› oceangoing ( before n)
    4 ( en sentido horizontal):
    ◊ ¿a qué altura de Serrano vive? how far up Serrano do you live?;

    cuando llegamos a la altura de la plaza when we reached the square
    5 ( en sentido temporal):

    ¡a estas alturas me vienes con eso! you wait till now to bring this to me!;
    a estas alturas del año this late on in the year;
    a esas alturas ya no me importaba by that stage I didn't mind
    6 (Mús) pitch
    altura sustantivo femenino
    1 height
    de nueve metros de altura, nine metres high
    2 (nivel) level
    a la misma altura, on the same level
    Geography on the same latitude: Helena vive a la altura del hospital, Helena lives by the hospital
    ♦ Locuciones: figurado no está a la altura de su rival, he doesn't measure up to his rival
    figurado se supo poner a la altura de las circunstancias, she was able to meet the challenge
    a estas alturas ya deberías conocerlo, you should know him by now
    ' altura' also found in these entries:
    Spanish:
    alta
    - alto
    - betún
    - estatura
    - estirón
    - grandeza
    - salto
    - sobrepasar
    - superar
    - talla
    - alcanzar
    - asorocharse
    - caer
    - descender
    - descenso
    - elevar
    - grande
    - listón
    - mal
    - máximo
    - mayor
    - nivel
    - tomar
    English:
    dizzy
    - equal
    - eye-level
    - height
    - high
    - ht
    - inadequate
    - level
    - live up to
    - low
    - match
    - measure up
    - name
    - off-shore fishing
    - patch
    - rise
    - storey
    - tall
    - up to
    - deep
    - elevation
    - head
    - justice
    - league
    - live
    - measure
    - par
    - second
    - third
    - up
    * * *
    altura nf
    1. [de persona, cosa] height;
    mide o [m5] tiene 2 metros de altura [persona] he's 2 metres tall;
    [cosa] it's 2 metres high
    2. [posición] height;
    pon los dos altavoces a la misma altura put both speakers level with each other;
    la serpiente le mordió a la altura del tobillo the snake bit him on the ankle;
    el tráfico está congestionado a la altura del ayuntamiento there's a traffic jam in the area of the town hall;
    ¿a qué altura está la oficina de turismo? how far along the road is the tourist information office?;
    está a la altura de la estación it's next to the station
    3. [altitud] height;
    Viella está a 1.000 metros de altura Viella is 1,000 metres above sea level;
    ganar o [m5] tomar altura [avión] to climb;
    perder altura [avión] to lose height;
    volar a gran altura to fly at altitude;
    volaremos a 2.000 metros de altura we'll be flying at an altitude of 2,000 metres;
    se esperan nevadas en alturas superiores a los 800 metros snow is forecast on high ground above 800 metres;
    Fig
    las alturas [el cielo] Heaven;
    Gloria a Dios en las alturas glory to God in the highest
    4. [latitud] latitude
    5. Fig [nivel]
    a la altura de on a par with;
    intentan ponerse a la altura de los líderes del mercado they're trying to catch up with the market leaders;
    la moda inglesa nunca se pondrá a la altura de la italiana English fashion will never reach the standard of Italian fashion;
    su última novela no está a la altura de sus anteriores her latest novel isn't up to the standard of her previous ones;
    la película no estuvo a la altura de sus expectativas the film didn't come up to o fell short of her expectations;
    comprarlo no estaba a la altura de mis posibilidades it wasn't within my means to buy it;
    no está a la altura del puesto he's not up to the job;
    al devolverle el insulto, se puso a su altura by insulting him back, she showed herself to be no better than him;
    estar a la altura de las circunstancias to be worthy of the occasion, to be equal to the challenge;
    ninguno de los dos equipos estuvo a la altura de las circunstancias neither of the teams was able to rise to the occasion;
    Fam
    a la altura del betún o RP [m5]del felpudo: nos dejó a la altura del betún o RP [m5] del felpudo it left us looking really bad;
    hemos quedado a la altura del betún o RP [m5]del felpudo, teníamos que haberle comprado un regalo it looks really bad that we didn't buy him a present;
    Fam
    a la altura de los zapatos: como tenista, no le llega a la altura de los zapatos he's nowhere near as good a tennis player as her
    a gran altura: jugaron a gran altura y ganaron el título they played magnificently and won the title;
    rayar a gran altura to excel, to shine
    6. Fig [de persona] stature;
    [de sentimientos, espíritu] loftiness;
    un escritor de gran altura moral a writer with lofty morals
    7. [tiempo]
    a estas alturas this far on;
    a estas alturas ya tendrían que saber lo que me gusta by now, they ought to know what I like;
    a estas alturas ya no se puede cambiar nada it's too late to change anything now;
    a estas alturas ya debías saber que eso no se hace you should know better than that by now;
    a estas alturas del año ya es muy tarde para ponerse a estudiar it's a bit late in the year to start studying;
    si a estas alturas no te has decidido… if you haven't decided by now…;
    no me digas que a estas alturas todavía tienes dudas sobre tu boda don't tell me you still have doubts about getting married even at this late stage
    8. [cumbre] summit, top;
    las grandes alturas alpinas the great peaks of the Alps
    9. Esp [piso] floor;
    una casa de dos alturas a two-storey house
    10. [salto de altura] high jump
    11. Mús pitch
    12. Náut
    de altura [buque] ocean-going;
    flota de altura deep-sea fleet;
    navegación de altura ocean navigation;
    pesca de altura deep-sea fishing
    13. Geom [de triángulo] height
    * * *
    f
    1 height;
    de diez metros de altura 10 meters in height, 10 meters high;
    a la altura de on a par with;
    a estas alturas by this time, by now
    2 MÚS pitch
    3 AVIA altitude;
    tomar altura gain altitude
    4 GEOG latitude
    * * *
    altura nf
    1) : height
    2) : altitude
    3) : loftiness, nobleness
    4)
    a la altura de : near, up by
    en la avenida San Antonio a la altura de la Calle Tres: on San Antonio Avenue up near Third Street
    5)
    a estas alturas : at this point, at this stage of the game
    * * *
    1. (medida) height
    2. (importancia) importance
    a estas alturas by now / at this stage
    medir / tener... metros de altura (persona) to be... metres tall (cosa) to be... metres high

    Spanish-English dictionary > altura

  • 7 ære

    credit, glory, honour, venerate
    * * *
    I. (en) honour;
    ( anerkendelse) credit ( fx get (, take) the credit for it);
    ( hæder) glory;
    [ ære den som æres bør] honour where honour is due; credit where credit is due;
    [ ærens mark] the field of glory;
    (omtr) be killed in action;
    [ al ære værd] highly creditable,
    ( nedladende) commendable;
    [ med vb:]
    [ det gik hans ære for nær] he could not reconcile it with his sense of honour;
    [ gøre én ære] do somebody credit ( fx his honesty does him credit); be a credit to somebody ( fx he is a credit to his parents (, his
    school));
    [ gør mig den ære at modtage det] do me the honour of accepting it;
    [ jeg har den ære at meddele Dem at] I have the honour to inform (el. of informing) you that;
    [ han har ære af det] it does him credit;
    [ han har ikke ære i livet] he is lost to all sense of shame;
    [ æren var reddet] honour was satisfied;
    [ hvad skylder jeg æren?] to what do I owe this honour?
    [ han sætter en ære i at gøre det] he makes it a point of honour to do it;
    [ udbede sig æren af] request the pleasure of;
    [ han viste dem den ære at komme til stede] he honoured them with his presence;
    [ vise en den sidste ære] pay one's last respects to somebody;
    [ ære være Gud!] glory to God!
    [ ære være hans minde!] all honour to his memory!
    [ med præp:]
    [ en mand af ære] a man of honour, an honourable man;
    [ holde i ære] hold in honour (el. respect),
    ( stærkere, F) hold in reverence;
    [ med ære] honourably,
    ( stærkere) gloriously;
    [ klare det med ære] acquit oneself with credit;
    [ på ære!] honestly!
    F on my honour!
    (T: skolesprog) cross my heart (and hope to die)!
    [ på ære og samvittighed] on my (word of) honour;
    [ til hans ære] in his honour;
    [ til ære for] in honour of;
    [ komme til ære og værdighed igen] be restored to favour;
    (se også tjene (til)).
    II. vb honour ( fx the Queen; honour thy father and thy mother);
    ( stærkere, F) venerate, revere ( fx Edward the Confessor was not only venerated, he was revered: he was a saint);
    [ den ærede læser] the (gentle) reader;
    [ det ærede medlem] the Honourable Member.

    Danish-English dictionary > ære

  • 8 ζωή

    ζωή, ῆς, ἡ (Hom.+; in Hom. ‘living’=‘substance, property’, without which there would not be life; after Hom. ‘life, existence’ opp. death, then ‘way of life’ Hdt. 4, 112)
    ① life in the physical sense, life ἐν σαρκὶ ζ. Orig., C. Cels. 6, 59, 8)
    ⓐ opp. θάνατος (Pind. et al.; Lucian, Tox. 38; Sir 37:18; Pr 18:21; Philo; Just., A I, 57, 3; Mel., P. 49, 355) Ro 8:38; 1 Cor 3:22; Phil 1:20. ἐν τῇ ζωῇ σου during your life Lk 16:25 (s. Sir 30:5); cp. 12:15; Ac 8:33 (Is 53:8); Js 4:14; 1 Cl 16:8 (Is 53:8); 17:4 (cp. Job 14:5); 20:10; Hm 3:3. πᾶς χρόνος τῆς ζωῆς ἡμῶν B 4:9 (cp. PsSol 17:2; JosAs 13:12). πάσας τὰς ἡμέρας τῆς ζωῆς αὐτῶν Hs 9, 29, 2; cp. GJs 4:1; τὰς λοιπὰς τῆς ζωῆς ἡμέρας Hv 4, 2, 5; cp. v 5, 2; m 12, 2; Hs 6, 3, 6. τὴν ἐσχάτην ἡμέραν τῆς ζωῆς αὐτοῦ Hv 3, 12, 2. ἐν τῇ ζ. ταύτῃ in this life 1 Cor 15:19; also ζ. ἡ νῦν (opp. ἡ μέλλουσα) 1 Ti 4:8 (Tat. 14, 2). τέλος ζωῆς end of life Hb 7:3 (TestAbr A 1 p. 78, 5 [Stone p. 4]). ζωὴ κ. πνοή life and breath Ac 17:25 (cp. Gen 2:7; 7:22). πνεῦμα ζωῆς breath of life Rv 11:11 (cp. Gen 6:17; 7:15; TestAbr A 18 p. 100, 31 [Stone p. 48]). ψυχὴ ζωῆς living thing 16:3 (cp. Gen 1:30; Just., D. 6, 1 ἡ ψυχὴ ἤτοι ζωή ἐστιν ἢ ζωὴν ἔχει). πρὸς ζωῆς necessary for life 1 Cl 20:10. Of the indestructible life of those clothed in the heavenly body 2 Cor 5:4. The life of the risen Christ also has this character Ro 5:10; 2 Cor 4:10f; ζ. ἀκατάλυτος Hb 7:16. ὁδοὶ ζωῆς Ac 2:28 (Ps 15:11). Christ is ἐν θανάτῳ ζ. ἀληθινή IEph 7:2.
    ⓑ means of sustenance, livelihood (Hdt. et al.; Sir 4:1; 29:21) Hs 9, 26, 2.
    ⓒ the course or mode of one’s life (cp. βίος 1) Hm 8, 4 and 9; 11, 7 and 16; Hs 9, 16, 2 al. In some of these pass. a transition to the moral aspect is apparent.
    ② transcendent life, life
    ⓐ God and Christ
    α. God as ζωή Dg 9:6b; as ζωὴ αἰώνιος 1J 5:20. Of the cross IEph 18:1. It is true of God that ἔχει ζωὴν ἐν ἑαυτῷ J 5:26a. God’s commandment is eternal life 12:50 (cp. Philo, Fug. 198 God is the πρεσβυτάτη πηγὴ ζωῆς; Herm. Wr. 11, 13; 14; 12, 15 God the πλήρωμα τ. ζωῆς; PGM 3, 602 [s. Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 286, ln. 11]; the deity called Νοῦς as ζωή and φῶς Herm. Wr. 1:9, 12, 17, 21, 32; 13:9, 18, 19. Cp. also Ps 35:10; 55:14; SibOr Fgm. 3, 34; JosAs 8:10f al.).
    β. of Christ, who received life fr. God J 5:26b (ἡ ζωὴ τῆς πίστεως ParJer 9:14). ἐν αὐτῷ ζ. ἦν 1:4a; cp. 1J 5:11b. He is the ἀρχηγὸς τ. ζωῆς Ac 3:15, the λόγος τ. ζωῆς 1J 1:1; cp. vs. 2, the ἄρτος τ. ζωῆς J 6:35, 48; cp. vs. 33 (EJanot, Le pain de vie: Gregorianum 11, 1930, 161–70), also simply ζωή 11:25; 14:6 or ἡ ζ. ὑμῶν Col 3:4; cp. B 2, 10; IMg 9:1. Since the life in him was τὸ φῶς τ. ἀνθρώπων J 1:4b, people through following him obtain τὸ φῶς τ. ζωῆς 8:12 (on the combination of light and life cp. 1QS 3, 7 and the Orph. Hymns to Helios no. 8, 18 Qu. ζωῆς φῶς, as well as Christian ins of Rome [Ramsay, Luke the Physician 1908 p. 375, 238 A.D.], where a father calls his dead son γλυκύτερον φωτὸς καὶ ζοῆς; s. also α above).—SBartina, La vida como historia en J 1:1–18, Biblica 49, ’68, 91–96.
    ⓑ The discussion now turns naturally to the life of the believers, which proceeds fr. God and Christ.
    α. without (clear) eschatol. implications, of the life of grace and holiness ἐν καινότητι ζωῆς περιπατεῖν walk in (i.e. live) a new life Ro 6:4; cp. IEph 19:3. ἀπηλλοτριωμένοι τ. ζωῆς τ. θεοῦ estranged fr. the life of God Eph 4:18 (cp. Philo, Post. Cai. 69 τῆς θεοῦ ζωῆς ἀπεσχοινίσθαι). ἡ ζωὴ τ. ἀνθρώπων the (true) life of persons (in God) Hm 2:1.—Of the life of salvation and of glory. It is ζ. κυρίου B 1:4 (cp. PGM 12, 255 κύριε τ. ζωῆς; 13, 783) or ζ. ἐν Χρ. Ἰησοῦ 2 Ti 1:1; cp. ζωὴν ὑμῖν ὁ κύριος χαρίζεται Hs 9, 28, 6; effected by his words or by the proclamation of the gospel: ῥήματα ζ. αἰωνίου J 6:68; cp. vs. 63. τὰ ῥήματα τῆς ζ. ταύτης Ac 5:20. λόγος ζωῆς word of life Phil 2:16; cp. 2 Ti 1:10; 2 Cor 4:12. Hence the apostle, proclaiming the gospel, can term himself the bearer of the ‘fragrance of Christ’, leading those appointed to this bliss, the rescued ἐκ ζωῆς εἰς ζωήν from life to life (i.e., as it seems, ever more deeply into the divine life) 2 Cor 2:16.—The Spirit stands w. Christ as the power of life πνεῦμα τῆς ζωῆς ἐν Χρ. Ἰησοῦ the spirit of life in Chr. J. Ro 8:2; cp. vss. 6, 10 and J 6:63.—Like the words of Christ, the divine ἐντολή is also to bring life Ro 7:10; Hm 7:5; Hs 8, 7, 6. This ζ. is regarded as God’s gift ζ. ἐν ἀθανασίᾳ 1 Cl 35:2. W. ἀφθαρσία 2 Ti 1:10; 2 Cl 14:5; IPol 2:3. W. γνῶσις D 9:3; Dg 12:3–7. W. εὐσέβεια 2 Pt 1:3. W. εἰρήνη Ro 8:6. W. σωτηρία 2 Cl 19:1. ἀγάπην ἥτις ἐστὶν ἀρχὴ ζωὴς καὶ τέλος IEph 14:1. Christians, who truly belong to the ἐκκλησία τῆς ζωῆς 2 Cl 14:1, are heirs of life, the gift of grace 1 Pt 3:7. This life, as long as they are in the body, κέκρυπται σὺν τ. Χριστῷ ἐν τῷ θεῷ is hidden with Christ in God Col 3:3. Those who forfeit their ζ. (=their real life in contrast to their physical existence as ψυχή) are excluded fr. the life of glory Hv 1, 1, 9; Hs 6, 2, 3; 8, 6, 4; 6; 8, 8, 2f; 5; 9, 21, 4.—Cp. also Ac 11:18 (s. 1QS 3, 1); 13:46, 48. ἡ ὁδὸς τῆς ζ. D 1:2; 4:14. τὰς τρίβους τῆς ζ. Hs 5, 6, 3. Esp. in Johannine usage the term ζ. is copiously employed, as a rule to designate the result of faith in Christ; in most cases it is stated expressly that the follower of Jesus possesses life even in this world: ἔχειν ζωήν (Theophr. in a scholion on Pla. 631c εἰ ζωὴν εἶχεν ὁ πλοῦτος=‘had life, were alive’) J 3:15f, 36a; 5:24a, 40; 6:40, 47, 51, 53f; 10:10; 20:31; 1J 3:15; 5:12ab, 13. διδόναι ζωήν (cp. Sb 8202, 3 [105 B.C.]) J 10:28; 17:2; 1J 5:11.—Cp. 5:16. ὁρᾶν ζωήν J 3:36b. μεταβεβηκέναι ἐκ τ. θανάτου εἰς τ. ζωήν to have passed fr. death into life J 5:24; 1J 3:14. Hence in the eschatol. pass. J 5:29 ἀνάστασις ζωῆς means not a resurrection to enter life (cp. 2 Macc 7:14 and MPol 14:2, where ἀνάστασις ζωῆς αἰ., it seems, is res. to everlasting life), but a resurrection which corresponds to the Christian’s possession of life here and now, a resurrection proceeding from life. J is fond of calling this Life ζ. αἰώνιος, as in many pass. just cited (s. αἰώνιος 3) J 3:15f, 36; 4:14, 36; 5:24, 39; 6:27, 40, 47, 54, 68; 10:28; 12:25, 50; 17:2f; 1J 1:2; 2:25; 3:15; 5:11, 13, 20. But the use of this expr. in our lit. is by no means limited to J and 1J; it is also found in Mt, Mk, Lk, Ac, Ro, Gal, 1 Ti, Tit, Jd, 2 Cl, Ign, MPol, Hermas, Didache (Just., Mel., Ath.; Orig., C. Cels. 2, 77, 31 [w. ἀνάστασις]; cp. αἴδιος ζ. Tat. 14, 2) w. unmistakable eschatol. connotation.
    β. ζ. (and ζ. αἰώνιος; cp. 1QS 4:7 and s. J 3:15 al.; opp. ἀπώλεια TestAbr B 8 p. 113, 2 [Stone p. 74]) is used of life in the blessed period of final consummation, in the foll. pass.: ἐν τῷ αἰῶνι τῷ ἐρχομένῳ ζ. αἰ. in the coming age eternal life Mk 10:30; Lk 18:30; cp. Mt 19:29 (Ar. 15, 3 ζ. τοῦ μέλλοντος αἰώνος). τί ποιήσω ἵνα ζ. αἰ. κληρονομήσω; Mk 10:17; cp. Lk 18:18; 10:25; Mt 19:16f (PsSol 14:10). As a result of the Last Judgment ἀπελεύσονται οἱ δίκαιοι εἰς ζ. αἰ. Mt 25:46 (cp. PsSol 13:11); s. also Ro 2:7 (cp. 1QS 4:6–8).—Cp. also Mt 7:14; 18:8f; Mk 9:43, 45; Ro 5:17f, 21; 6:22f; ζ. ἐκ νεκρῶν life for those who have come out of the state of death 11:15.—Gal 6:8; 1 Ti 1:16; 6:12, 19; 1 Pt 3:10 (Ps 33:13); Jd 21; 2 Cl 8:4, 6; Dg 9:1, 6a. For 2 Cor 5:4 s. 1a. Of martyrs τὴν αἰώνιον ζ. ἐξαγοραζόμενοι purchasing eternal life for themselves MPol 2:3 (Mosquensis, other Gk. codd. κόλασιν). W. ἀνάπαυσις τ. μελλούσης βασιλείας 2 Cl 5:5. This life is called ἡ ὄντως ζ. the real, true life (the redundancy may derive from awareness of a distinction sometimes made in the Gr-Rom. world between real living ζωή and biological existence βίος; s., e.g., IPriene 105, 10=OGI 458, 10; cp. Cass. Dio 69, 19) 1 Ti 6:19; ζωῆς ἀληθοῦς Dg 12:4; ἡ ἐπουράνιος ζ. 2 Cl 20:5; ἀί̈διος ζ. IEph 19:3 (s. ἀί̈διος). Hope is directed toward it, ζωῆς ἐλπίς B 1:6; cp. Tit 1:2; 3:7; Hs 9, 26, 2.—The references to future glory include the foll. expressions: βίβλος or βιβλίον (τῆς) ζωῆς (s. βίβλος 2) Phil 4:3; Rv 3:5; 13:8; 17:8; 20:12, 15; 21:27; Hv 1, 3, 2. τὸ ξύλον (τῆς) ζωῆς the tree of life (4 Macc 18:16; cp. Pr 3:18; Gen 2:9; PsSol 14:3; ParJer 9:16 [δένδρον]; ApcEsdr 2:11; ApcMos 19 al.; Philo.—ξύλον 3) Rv 2:7; 22:2, 14, 19; Dg 12:3f. στέφανος τ. ζωῆς (s. Bousset, Rel.3 277f; MDibelius on Js 1:12; FCumont, Études syriennes 1917, 63–69; s. στέφανος) Js 1:12; Rv 2:10. ὕδωρ (τῆς) ζωῆς (Just., D. 19, 2 βάπτισμα; cp. ὕδωρ 2) 21:6; 22:1, 17. πηγὴ ζωῆς B 11:2 (cp. Jer 2:13; Ps 35:10; OdeSol 11:6). ζωῆς πηγαὶ ὑδάτων springs of living water Rv 7:17. For ἄρτος τῆς ζωῆς s. ἄρτος 2 end.—FBurkitt, ZNW 12, 1911, 228–30; RCharles, A Critical Hist. of the Doctrine of a Fut. Life in Israel, in Judaism and in Christianity2 1913; FLindblom, D. ewige Leben 1914; Bousset, Rel.3 269–95; JFrey, Biblica 13, ’32, 129–68.—EvDobschütz, D. Gewissheit des ew. Leb. nach d. NT: ‘Dienet einander’ 29, 1920/21, 1–8; 43–52; 65–71; 97–101; JUbbink, Het eeuwige leven bij Pls 1917; ESommerlath, D. Ursprung d. neuen Lebens nach Pls2 1926; JMüller, D. Lebensbegr. d. Hl. Pls ’40; NvArseniew, D. neue Leben nach dem Eph: Internat. Kirchl. Ztschr. 20, 1930, 230–36; EvSchrenk, D. joh. Anschauung vom ‘Leben’ 1898; JFrey, ‘Vie’ dans l’Év. de St. Jean: Biblica 1, 1920, 37–58; 211–39; RBultmann, D. Eschatol. d. Joh Ev.: Zwischen d. Zeiten 6, 1928, 1ff; HPribnow, D. joh. Anschauung v. ‘Leben’ ’34; DLyons, The Concept of Eternal Life in J ’38; JKoole, Diorama Johanneum. Ζωή: GereformTT 43, ’42, 276–84; FMussner, ΖΩΗ (Joh. lit.), diss. Munich ’52; DHill, Gk. Words and Hebrew Mngs. ’67, 163–201.—B. 285. S. βίος and Schmidt, Syn. IV 40–53. DELG s.v. ζώω 1. EDNT. M-M. TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ζωή

  • 9 go

    1. [gəʋ] n (pl goes [gəʋz]) разг.
    1. ход, ходьба; движение

    come and go - хождение туда и сюда /взад и вперёд/

    the boat rolled gently with the come and go of small waves - лодка мягко покачивалась на мелких волнах

    to be on the go - быть в движении /в работе/

    he is always on the go - он всегда в движении; он никогда не сидит без дела

    he has two books on the go at the moment - в настоящее время он работает (одновременно) над двумя книгами

    2. обстоятельство, положение; неожиданный поворот дел

    a near go - опасное /рискованное/ положение; ≅ быть на волосок от гибели /провала, разорения и т. п./

    here's a pretty go!, what a go! - ≅ весёленькая история!, хорошенькое дельце!

    it's a queer /rum/ go - странное дело

    3. попытка

    to have a go at - попытаться, рискнуть, попытать счастья

    she was staying for another go - она осталась, чтобы сделать ещё одну попытку

    let's have another go at this problem - давай ещё раз попробуем разобраться в этом деле

    he had several goes at the examination before he passed - он не смог сдать экзамен с первого захода

    4. 1) приступ
    2) порция ( еды или вина)
    3) что-л. выполненное за один раз
    5. сделка, соглашение

    it's a go! - идёт!, по рукам, решено!, договорились!

    6. разг. энергия, воодушевление; рвение; увлечение
    7. разг. успех; удача; успешное предприятие

    to make a go of it - амер. добиться успеха, преуспеть

    he is convinced that he can make a go of it - он уверен, что добьётся в этом деле успеха

    no go - бесполезный, безнадёжный

    it's no go! - не пойдёт!, невозможно!

    8. редк. походка
    9. ход ( в игре); бросок ( в спортивных играх)

    ♢ to give smb. the go - дать кому-л. сигнал или разрешение действовать; ≅ дать «добро»

    quite /all/ the go - последний крик моды; предмет всеобщего увлечения

    first go - первым делом, сразу же

    at a go - сразу, зараз

    the great [little] go - студ. последний [первый] экзамен на степень бакалавра гуманитарных наук ( в Кембридже и Оксфорде)

    he was a drag on me from the word go - с самого начала он был для меня обузой

    2. [gəʋ] a амер. разг.
    быть в состоянии готовности; работать (безотказно) (об аппаратуре и т. п.)

    you are go for landing - ≅ разрешается посадка

    she was suddenly in a go condition - она внезапно почувствовала, что готова ко всему

    3. [gəʋ] v (went; gone)
    I
    1. идти, ходить

    to go slowly [quickly] - идти медленно [быстро]

    to go slow - а) идти медленно, не торопиться; б) быть осмотрительным; [ср. тж. ♢ ]

    cars go on the road - по дороге едут /ездят/ машины

    to go upstairs [downstairs] - подыматься [спускаться] по лестнице

    they went over the river - они перешли /переправились через/ реку

    he went to visit /to see/ her - он пошёл навестить /проведать/ её

    to go in single file [in pairs] - идти по одному [парами]

    you go first - а) вы идите первым /вперёд/; б) проходите, пожалуйста; в) ваш первый ход

    2. направляться, следовать; ехать, поехать

    to go to the country - поехать за город /в деревню, на дачу/ [см. тж. ♢ ]

    to go abroad - поехать за границу [см. тж. ♢ ]

    to go to France [to London] - поехать во Францию [в Лондон]

    to go on a journey - поехать в путешествие; совершать путешествие

    to go for a ride /a drive/ - поехать /отправиться/ на прогулку (особ. верхом, на велосипеде, в автомобиле)

    to go on a visit - поехать /отправиться/ с визитом; поехать погостить

    to go to a party - пойти в гости /на вечеринку, на вечер/

    to go on a tour - а) отправиться /пуститься/ в путешествие; б) отправляться на гастроли /в турне/

    to go (some) places - амер. разг. ездить /ходить/ по разным местам

    3. 1) ездить, путешествовать, передвигаться (каким-л. способом)

    to go by land [by water] - ехать по суше [по воде]

    to go by train [by bus, by tram, by rail, by steamer] - ехать поездом [автобусом, трамваем, по железной дороге, пароходом]

    to go in a carriage [in a motor-car, in a ship, in a tram, in a trolley-bus] - ехать в экипаже [в автомобиле, на пароходе, в трамвае, в троллейбусе]

    to go on foot - ходить /идти/ пешком

    2) ходить, курсировать
    4. 1) уходить, уезжать

    we came at six and went at nine - мы пришли в шесть, а ушли в девять

    it is time for us to go - нам пора уходить /идти, уезжать/

    I'll be going now - ну, я пошёл

    I must be going now, I must be gone - теперь мне нужно уходить

    she is gone - она ушла /уехала/, её нет

    be gone!, get you gone! - уходи!

    2) отходить, отправляться

    when does the train go? - когда отходит поезд?

    the train goes from platform 5 - поезд отходит от платформы №5

    one, two, three - go!, ready, steady, go! - внимание... приготовиться... марш!

    5. 1) двигаться, быть в движении

    I'd prefer to sit the way the train is going - я бы предпочёл сидеть по ходу поезда

    to set smth. going - привести что-л. в движение

    2) двигаться с определённой скоростью

    the train was going (at) fifty miles an hour - поезд шёл со скоростью 50 миль в час

    to go at full drive /tilt/ - идти полным ходом

    6. 1) работать, действовать, функционировать (о машине и т. п.)

    my watch is going too fast [slow] - мои часы слишком спешат [отстают]

    the engine went beautifully all day - весь день машина работала превосходно

    how do I make the washing machine go? - как включить стиральную машину?

    2) жить, действовать, функционировать ( о человеке)

    he manages to keep going - он как-то тянет, ему удаётся держаться

    7. 1) тянуться, проходить, пролегать, простираться

    mountains that go from east to west - горы, тянущиеся /простирающиеся/ с востока на запад

    how far does the road go? - далеко ли тянется эта дорога?

    2) дотягиваться; доходить

    I want a rope that will go from the top window to the ground - мне нужна верёвка, которую можно опустить с верхнего этажа до земли

    8. 1) протекать, проходить

    time goes quickly - время идёт быстро /летит/

    vacation goes quickly - не успеваешь оглянуться, а отпуск кончился

    2) протекать; завершаться каким-л. образом

    how is the evening going? - как проходит вечер?

    how did the interview go? - как прошло интервью?

    I hope all goes well with you - надеюсь, что у вас всё хорошо

    how did the voting go? - как завершилось голосование?; каковы результаты голосования?

    nobody knows how matters will go - никто не знает, как пойдут дела

    what made the party go? - что обеспечило успех вечера?

    9. 1) исчезать; проходить
    2) исчезнуть, пропасть

    his hat has gone - у него исчезла /пропала/ шляпа

    where's my pen? It's gone (off my desk) - где моя ручка? Она исчезла (с моего стола)

    10. распространяться; передаваться
    11. передаваться (по телеграфу и т. п.)

    this message will go by mail /by post, in the post/ - это сообщение пойдёт по почте

    12. иметь хождение, быть в обращении
    13. (обыкн. to) идти (на что-л.); брать на себя (что-л.); решаться (на что-л.)

    to go to a lot of [great] trouble to do smth. - приложить много [массу] усилий, чтобы сделать что-л.

    he will not even go to the trouble of doing that - он не захочет даже и попытаться сделать это

    to go so far as to say that! - дойти до того, чтобы сказать это!

    14. 1) податься; рухнуть; сломаться, расколоться

    the platform went - трибуна рухнула /обрушилась/

    first the sail went and then the mast - сперва подался парус, а затем и мачта

    there goes another button! - ну вот, ещё одна пуговица отлетела!

    the fuse [bulb] went - перегорела пробка [лампочка]

    the engine in the old car finally went - мотор в старой машине окончательно пришёл в негодность

    2) потерпеть крах, обанкротиться
    3) отменяться, уничтожаться

    this clause of the bill will have to go - эта статья законопроекта должна быть отменена /не должна быть принята/

    whatever is not done yet must simply go - всё, что не сделано, придётся оставить как есть

    4) (обыкн. с must, can, have to) отказываться; избавляться

    the car must go, we can't afford it - от машины придётся отказаться, она нам не по карману

    15. 1) быть расположенным, следовать в определённом порядке
    2) храниться, находиться (где-л.); становиться ( на определённое место)

    where is this carpet to go? - куда постелить этот ковёр?

    3) (into, under) умещаться, укладываться (во что-л.)

    the thread is too thick to go into the needle - нитка слишком толстая, чтобы пролезть в иголку

    how many pints go into a gallon? - сколько пинт содержится в одном галлоне?

    4) (обыкн. to) равняться
    16. заканчиваться определённым результатом

    I don't know whether the case goes for me or against me - я не знаю ещё, удастся ли мне выиграть процесс

    which way will the decision go? - как всё решится?

    17. 1) гласить, говорить

    I don't exactly remember how the words go - я точно не помню, как это там сказано

    how does the story go? - что там дальше в рассказе?

    the story goes that he was murdered - говорят, что его убили

    2) звучать (о мелодии и т. п.)

    the tune goes something like this... - вот как, примерно, звучит этот мотив

    how does that song go? - напомните мне мотив этой песни

    ducks go❝quack❞ - утки делают «кряк-кряк»

    the guns went❝boom❞ - «бабах!» грохнули пушки [см. тж. III А 2, 4)]

    18. 1) звонить

    I hear the bells going - я слышу, как звонят колокола

    2) бить, отбивать время
    19. умирать, гибнуть

    she is gone - она погибла, она умерла

    my grandmother went peacefully in the night - моя бабушка тихо скончалась ночью

    after George went, she moved into a smaller house - когда Джордж умер, она переехала в дом поменьше

    he is dead and gone - разг. он уже в могиле

    20. 1) пройти, быть принятым
    2) быть приемлемым

    here anything goes - разг. здесь всё сойдёт; здесь ты можешь делать, что твоей душе угодно

    21. разг. выдерживать, терпеть
    22. справляться, одолевать
    23. ходить определённым шагом

    to go narrow [wide] - идти узким [широким] шагом ( о лошади)

    to go above the ground - уст. ходить, высоко подымая ноги

    24. спариваться
    II А
    1. 1) участвовать ( в доле)

    to go halves [shares, snacks, амер. fifty-fifty, уст. snips], to go share and share alike - делить поровну /пополам/; принять участие наравне (с кем-л.)

    2) амер. разг. ставить (какую-л. сумму); рисковать (какой-л. суммой)

    how much do you go? - а) сколько вы ставите?; б) на сколько вы спорите?

    2. 1) пропадать, слабеть (о слухе, сознании и т. п.)

    my voice has gone because of my cold - от простуды я потеряла голос /у меня сел голос/

    2) разг. износиться ( об одежде)
    3. редк.
    1) сохраняться ( о пище)

    butter goes better in the refrigerator - масло сохраняется лучше в холодильнике

    2) носиться (о ткани, одежде и т. п.)
    4. быть ритмичными ( о стихах)
    5. получать ( пособие)

    to go on the parish - получать приходское пособие по бедности, жить за счёт прихожан

    to go on the dole - получать пособие по бедности; перейти на пособие

    II Б
    1. to be going to do smth.
    1) собираться, намереваться сделать что-л.

    we were going to France but we changed our minds - мы хотели поехать во Францию, но передумали

    she is going to spend holidays at a rest-home - она решила провести свои каникулы в доме отдыха

    he is not going to be cheated - он не допустит, чтобы его обманули

    2) ожидаться (о каком-л. событии)

    I'm going to be sick! - меня сейчас вырвет!

    she felt she was going to be ill - она чувствовала, что заболевает

    2. to go and do smth. разг. взять да сделать что-л.; пойти и сделать что-л.

    to go and fetch smb., smth. - сходить за кем-л., чем-л.

    you've gone and torn my dress - ну вот, вы порвали мне платье

    there now! if I haven't gone and lost my ticket! - и надо же было мне потерять билет!

    3. to go about smth. /doing smth./
    1) заниматься чем-л.

    she went about her work with energy - она энергично занималась своими делами

    we must go about it carefully - а) это надо делать осторожно; б) за это надо браться осторожно

    2) приниматься за что-л.

    how does one go about getting seats? - что нужно делать, чтобы достать билеты /места/?

    he didn't know how to go about building a boat - он не знал, как подступиться к строительству лодки

    4. to go at smth. энергично взяться за что-л.

    let's go at this problem in a different way - давайте попробуем решить эту проблему по-другому

    he went at his breakfast as if he'd never eaten for a week - он набросился на завтрак так, будто не ел целую неделю

    5. to go at smb. набрасываться, бросаться на кого-л.
    6. to go against smth.
    1) двигаться против чего-л.

    to go against the tide - плыть против течения [см. тж. ♢ ]

    2) идти вразрез с чем-л., противоречить чему-л.

    she went against her mother's wishes - она не послушалась своей матери; она поступила наперекор своей матери

    3) юр. оспаривать что-л.; спорить против чего-л.
    7. to go against smb. быть против кого-л.; не подходить кому-л.

    it goes against me - это противно мне, это противоречит моим убеждениям

    8. to go behind smth. пересматривать, рассматривать заново, изучать (основания, данные)
    9. to go beyond smth. выходить за пределы чего-л., превышать что-л.
    10. to go by /on/ smth.
    1) судить по чему-л.
    2) руководствоваться чем-л., следовать чему-л.

    it is a good rule to go by - вот хорошее правило, которым следует руководствоваться

    I shall go entirely by what the doctor says - я буду делать всё, что говорит врач

    we were just going on what you yourself had said - мы как раз действовали в соответствии с тем, что вы сами говорили

    that's all the police had to go on to catch the killer - вот и все улики, которые были у полиции и по которым она должна была поймать убийцу

    11. to go after smth., smb. домогаться чего-л., кого-л.

    he is going after Jane - он ухаживает /бегает/ за Джейн

    12. to go for smb.
    1) разг. наброситься, обрушиться на кого-л.

    suddenly the lion went for his keeper - внезапно лев набросился на служителя

    my wife went for me because I was late for dinner - жена выругала меня за то, что я опоздал к обеду

    2) слыть кем-л.; быть принятым за кого-л.

    he went for an old man among the youth - молодёжь принимала его за старика /считала его стариком/

    3) разг. увлекаться кем-л.; влюбиться в кого-л.

    I don't go for men of his type - мне такие мужчины, как он, не нравятся

    13. to go for smth.
    1) разг. заменить что-л., сойти за что-л.

    this synthetic material may easily go for pure wool - эта искусственная ткань может легко сойти за чистую шерсть

    2) стремиться к чему-л.; добиваться чего-л.

    will you go for the prize? - ты будешь бороться за призовое место?

    when you offer him sweets he goes for the biggest one - когда ему предлагают конфеты, он всегда тянется за самой большой

    3) увлекаться чем-л.

    do you go for modern music? - вы любите современную музыку?

    14. to go for /at/ á certain sum of money продаваться по определённой цене

    to go for nothing - продаваться за бесценок [см. тж. II Б 15]

    the books went for a shilling [for so little] - книги были проданы за шиллинг [так дёшево]

    there were good coats going at £50 - по 50 фунтов продавали хорошие пальто

    going for £10!, going!, going!, gone! - продаётся за 10 фунтов!, 10 фунтов - раз!, 10 фунтов - два!, 10 фунтов - три! продано (за 10 фунтов)

    15. to go to /in/ smth. расходоваться, уходить на что-л.

    half our money goes on food and clothes for the children - половина наших денег уходит на еду и одежду для детей

    his time goes in watching television - он всё своё время тратит на телевизор

    to go for nothing - пропасть, уйти впустую [см. тж. II Б 14]

    16. to go to smth., smb.
    1) обращаться к чему-л., на кого-л.

    his eyes went to her - он взглянул на неё, он обратил свой взгляд на неё

    2) прибегать к помощи; обращаться (к кому-л.)

    to go to law /to court/ - обращаться в суд

    to go to law with smb. - возбуждать дело в суде против кого-л.

    17. to go to smth. становиться кем-л.

    to go to the stage - стать актёром, пойти в актёры

    to go to the streets - стать проституткой, пойти на панель

    to go to school - ходить в школу; стать учеником, учиться в школе

    to go to college [to the university] - стать [быть] студентом, учиться в колледже [в университете]

    18. to go to smb.
    1) быть проданным кому-л.

    the house went to the one who made the highest offer - дом продали тому, кто предложил самую высокую цену

    going to the gentleman in the third row! going, going, gone! - продано джентльмену в третьем ряду! продано - раз!, продано - два!, продано - три!

    2) доставаться кому-л.
    19. to go through smth.
    1) тщательно, пункт за пунктом разбирать что-л.
    2) проделать, сделать что-л.

    let's go through the rehearsal without any interruptions - давайте проведём репетицию без всяких помех

    3) пройти, быть принятым где-л. (о проекте, предложении)

    the plan must go through several stages - план должен пройти несколько инстанций

    4) испытывать что-л., подвергаться чему-л.

    the country has gone through too many wars - эта страна перенесла слишком много войн

    5) выдержать столько-то изданий ( о книге)
    6) обыскивать, обшаривать что-л.

    he went through his pockets looking for the key - он обыскал все карманы в поисках ключа

    7) растратить, израсходовать (состояние, деньги и т. п.)

    he quickly went through his fortune [his savings] - он быстро растратил /промотал/ своё состояние [свои сбережения]

    20. to go into smth.
    1) тщательно разбирать что-л., вникать во что-л.; расследовать, рассматривать что-л.

    to go into details /particulars/ - вдаваться в подробности

    2) избирать (профессию и т. п.)

    to go into business - избрать карьеру делового человека; стать дельцом

    to go into Parliament [into the Cabinet] - стать членом парламента [кабинета министров]

    3) вступить в организацию, стать членом общества
    4) надевать

    she goes into woollen stockings in September - с сентября она начинает носить шерстяные чулки

    21. to go before /to/ smb., smth.
    1) предстать перед кем-л., чем-л.

    you will go before the board of directors - вы предстанете перед советом директоров

    2) передавать на рассмотрение кому-л., чему-л.

    your suggestion will go before the committee - о вашем предложении доложат комиссии

    can this question go direct to the minister? - нельзя ли этот вопрос поставить непосредственно перед министром?

    22. to go with smb.
    1) сопровождать кого-л., идти вместе с кем-л.

    shall I go with you? - хотите я пойду с вами?

    2) быть заодно, соглашаться с кем-л.
    23. to go with smth.
    1) подходить к чему-л., гармонировать с чем-л.; соответствовать чему-л.

    the blue scarf goes well with your blouse - этот голубой шарф красиво сочетается с вашей блузкой

    2) относиться к чему-л., быть связанным с чем-л.

    five acres of land go with the house - продаётся дом с прилегающим к нему участком в пять акров

    3) быть связанным с чем-л.; соответствовать чему-л.

    the salary that goes with an office - жалованье, соответствующее занимаемой должности

    24. to go without smth.
    1) обходиться без чего-л.
    2) не иметь чего-л.

    to go without money - не иметь денег, быть без денег

    25. to go by /under/ á name быть известным под каким-л. именем

    to go by /under/ the name of... - быть известным под именем...

    he went under a pseudonym - он был известен под псевдонимом, он носил псевдоним

    26. to go under smb.'s name приписываться кому-л. ( об авторстве)

    that play generally goes under the name of Shakespeare - обычно эту пьесу приписывают Шекспиру

    27. 1) to go to make up smth. составлять что-л., входить в состав чего-л.

    items which go to make up the total - пункты, из которых складывается целое

    2) to go to the making of smth., smb. быть необходимым для чего-л., кого-л.

    what qualities go to the making of a pilot? - какие качества необходимы пилоту?

    dressings that go to making a good salad - приправа, необходимая, чтобы приготовить вкусный салат

    28. to go into á state приходить в какое-л. состояние
    29. to go into á condition входить в какое-л. положение

    to go into anchor - мор. становиться на якорь

    to go into the assault - воен. идти в атаку

    to go into bivouac - воен. располагаться биваком

    30. ... as smth., smb. goes... как что-л. заведено...;... как другие

    as things go - разг. при сложившихся обстоятельствах, как это водится, в нынешних условиях

    that's not bad as things go - при существующем положении вещей это не так уж плохо

    31. to go to show that... свидетельствовать

    it all goes to show that he cannot be trusted - всё это свидетельствует о том, что ему нельзя доверять

    your behaviour goes to prove that... - ваше поведение служит доказательством того, что...

    32. smth. is going иметься, продаваться, подаваться и т. п.

    come along, there are ices going - идём скорее, подают мороженое

    I'll have what's going - дайте мне, что у вас есть

    are there any jobs going? - здесь есть работа?

    are there any houses going? - здесь продают(ся) дома?

    III А
    1. в сочетании с последующим герундием выражает действие, соответствующее значению герундия:

    to go (out) hunting /shooting/ - отправляться /ходить/ на охоту

    to go out fishing [duck-shooting] - отправляться на рыбную ловлю [охотиться на уток]

    to go shopping - отправляться за покупками; ходить по магазинам

    he goes frightening people with his stories - он постоянно пугает людей своими рассказами

    don't go doing that! - разг. не смей делать этого!

    don't go saying that! - разг. не болтай ерунды!

    1) находиться в каком-л. положении или состоянии

    to go free - быть свободным /незанятым/

    to go hungry /empty/ - (вечно) быть /ходить/ голодным

    to go armed - быть /ходить/ вооружённым, носить оружие

    the differences between them go deep - их разногласия имеют глубокие корни

    to go in fear (of smth.) - жить в вечном страхе (перед чем-л.)

    to go strong - держаться, сохранять силу, не сдаваться

    to be six months gone (with child) - быть на седьмом месяце (беременности)

    to go native см. native II 2

    2) делаться, становиться

    to go bad - испортиться; сгнить, прогнить, протухнуть

    to go dry - высыхать, становиться сухим [см. тж. ♢ ]

    she /her hair/ is going grey - она седеет

    to go mad /mental/ - сойти с ума

    to go queer in the head - а) помешаться; б) почувствовать головокружение

    to go wrong - а) сбиться с пути, встать на ложный путь; ошибаться; поступать неправильно; б) не выйти, не получиться; в) испортиться, перестать работать; разладиться; г) испортиться, протухнуть ( о пище)

    he went hot and cold - его бросало то в жар, то в холод

    a man gone ninety years of age - человек, которому за 90

    to go Conservative - стать /сделаться/ консерватором

    to go apprentice - сделаться подмастерьем /учеником/

    3) оставаться в каком-л. положении

    to go unpunished - быть /оставаться/ безнаказанным

    to go free /scot-free/ - оставаться свободным

    4) издавать внезапный или отчётливый звук

    to go pop - выстрелить, грохнуть, бахнуть

    to go snap - треснуть; с треском сломаться

    to go flop - а) хлопнуться, плюхнуться; б) потерпеть неудачу, провалиться

    to go fut, to go phut - а) лопнуть; б) сорваться, провалиться, лопнуть; потерпеть крах, неудачу; кончиться ничем; в) испортиться, сломаться

    ♢

    to go to bed /to sleep/ - ложиться спать

    to go to bye-bye - детск. идти бай-бай

    to go the round of - а) совершать обход; б) циркулировать (о слухах и т. п.); переходить или передаваться из уст в уста

    to go foreign - мор. жарг. уйти в заграничное плавание

    to go far - а) хватить надолго; those potatoes won't go far when there are 10 people to feed - картофеля надолго не хватит, раз надо кормить целых десять человек; б) зайти далеко; перейти границы (принятого, допустимого); you've gone too far! - ну, это ты хватил!, в) многого добиться; the boy is clever and will go far - мальчик умный и многого добьётся

    to go a long /good, great/ way - а) далеко пойти; б) далеко зайти, хватить через край; в) хватить надолго, быть достаточным (о деньгах, продуктах)

    far gone - а) в последней стадии ( болезни); б) совершенно безумный; в) сильно пьяный; опьяневший

    as /so/ far as it goes - поскольку дело касается, что касается, что до

    it will go hard /ill/ with him - ему придётся плохо /туго/

    to go smb. better - превзойти /перещеголять, затмить/ кого-л.

    to go dry - амер. а) запретить продажу спиртных напитков; б) отказаться от употребления спиртных напитков; стать трезвенником; [см. тж. III А 2, 2)]

    to go wet - амер. а) разрешить продажу спиртных напитков; б) начать пить

    to go steady - иметь постоянного возлюбленного /-ую возлюбленную/

    to go bail - а) юр. становиться поручителем, поручиться или внести залог (за кого-л.); б) разг. ручаться

    go bail that... - ручаюсь, что...

    to go downhill - а) катиться по наклонной плоскости; б) ухудшаться (о здоровье, материальном положении)

    to go abroad - получить известность [см. тж. I 2], распространиться ( о слухах)

    to go to the country - распустить парламент и назначить новые выборы [см. тж. I 2]

    to go to Canossa - пойти в Каноссу, публично унижаться (перед кем-л.), испрашивая прощение

    to let /to leave/ go - а) выпускать из рук; б) (от)пускать, выпускать; освобождать; let me go! - отпустите меня!; в) пропускать; г) перестать думать, выбросить из головы

    let it go at that! - довольно!, будет!, пусть это так и останется!

    I've let my music go - я запустил музыку, я перестал заниматься музыкой

    to let judgement go by default - юр. заочно решить в пользу истца ( ввиду неявки ответчика)

    go easy /slow/! - осторожнее!, потише! [ср. тж. I 1]

    to go easy on smth. - амер. быть тактичным в отношении чего-л.; проявлять осторожность в отношении чего-л.

    to go solid - амер. полит. жарг. придерживаться одного мнения, действовать единодушно

    to be going some - амер. быстро /успешно/ продвигаться вперёд

    to be going strong - а) быть полным сил; процветать; б) поступать безрассудно /опрометчиво/

    to go one's (own) way /gate/ - идти своим путём, действовать самостоятельно, поступать по-своему

    to go with the current /the tide, the stream, the crowd/ - плыть по течению

    to go with the times /the tides/ - идти в ногу со временем

    to go against the stream /the tide/ - а) идти /плыть/ против течения; б) работать в неблагоприятных условиях; действовать, преодолевая сопротивление /оппозицию/; [см. тж. II Б 6 1)]

    to go on one's marks - спорт. выходить на старт

    as you go!, as she goes! - мор. так держать!

    to go down the drain - быть истраченным впустую [см. тж. drain I ♢ ]

    to go over the top - а) воен. разг. идти в атаку ( из траншей); б) ринуться в атаку, начать решительно действовать, сделать решительный шаг

    to let oneself go - дать волю своим чувствам; разойтись, увлечься

    to go off the deep end - а) волноваться, приходить в возбуждение; б) амер. действовать сгоряча, принять необдуманное решение

    to go out of one's mind /senses/ - а) сойти с ума, рехнуться, лишиться рассудка; б) быть вне себя от волнения

    to go off one's head /груб. chump, nut/, to go round the bend - сойти с ума, помешаться, рехнуться, спятить; обезуметь, вести себя как безумный

    to go off at a tangent - сорваться, странно себя повести или высказаться

    to go off the hooks - а) умереть, протянуть ноги; б) сойти с ума, рехнуться, спятить; в) сбиться с пути, свихнуться

    to go out of the world - умереть, покинуть бренный мир

    to go the way of all the earth /flesh/, to go beyond the veil, to go home, to go to one's last /long/ home, to go to glory, to go to heaven, to go to one's long rest, to go to one's own place, to go over to the majority умереть, скончаться, разделить участь всех смертных, отправиться на тот свет, отправиться к праотцам, уйти на покой, покинуть этот бренный мир

    to go west - а) закатываться ( о солнце); б) умереть, скончаться; в) исчезнуть, пропасть

    to go (all) to pieces /rack and ruin, smash/ - а) развалиться; разбиться вдребезги, разлететься на части /на куски/; б) подорвать своё здоровье, выйти из строя; в) обанкротиться; вылететь в трубу; трещать по всем швам; г) погибнуть, пропасть

    to go to blazes /to hell, to pot, to the devil, to the dogs/, to go to pigs and whistles - разориться; погибнуть; вылететь в трубу; провалиться, пойти ко всем чертям, пойти прахом

    go to blazes /to Bath, to hell, to Jericho, to pot, to the devil, to thunder, to Hanover, to Halifax, to Putney, to Tunbridge, to grass/! - пошёл к чёрту!, убирайся к чёрту!

    go fly a kite!, go jump in the lake!, go lay an egg!, go lay a brick!, go sit on a tack - амер. груб. проваливай!, не мешай!

    to go the pace - а) мчаться, нестись во весь опор; б) прожигать жизнь, вести бурный образ жизни

    to go all out - а) напрягать все силы, стараться изо всех сил; ≅ из кожи вон лезть; б) бежать изо всех сил

    to go out of hand - а) выходить из повиновения; б) действовать тотчас же /немедленно, без подготовки/; в) амер. действовать опрометчиво /необдуманно, неосторожно/; проявлять несдержанность; г) завершать, оканчивать

    to go all /to great/ lengths - идти на всё

    to go the whole hog - а) делать (что-л.) основательно, доводить ( дело) до конца; б) ни перед чем не останавливаться, идти на всё

    to go (home) to smb.'s heart - опечалить /огорчить/ кого-л.

    to go home - а) доходить до сердца; найти отклик в душе; б) доходить до сознания

    to go on a bat /the batter, the bend, the bust, the spree, the razzle-dazzle/ - закутить, запить, загулять

    go while the going's good - убирайтесь подобру-поздорову /пока не поздно/

    to go it - а) действовать энергично; прилагать все усилия; б) говорить очень откровенно; в) обрушивать артиллерийский огонь

    go it! - ≅ давай, давай!, валяй! ( выражает поощрение к действию)

    to go it alone - действовать в одиночку, брать на себя всю ответственность

    if no one can help, I'll go it alone - если никто не может помочь, я буду действовать сам /я сделаю всё сам/

    to go it blind - действовать вслепую; поступать опрометчиво

    go along with you! - а) проваливайте!; убирайтесь; б) хватит!, не несите вздора!

    there you go! - ну (вот) поехал(а)!, опять (выражает досаду, недовольство)

    there he [she] goes! - ≅ полюбуйтесь на него [на неё]!, хорош [хороша]!, как разошёлся [разошлась]!, нечего сказать!, ну и картина! ( восклицание удивления или неодобрения)

    don't you go all polite on me! - откуда такая вежливость?

    there it goes! - ≅ смотри(те)!, слушай(те)! (восклицание, чтобы привлечь внимание слушателя)

    here goes! - а) ну, начали!; б) была не была!

    go by! - карт. пас!

    that /it/ goes for all of us - тут мы все заодно; мы все так считаем /думаем/

    it /that/ goes without saying - само собой разумеется, совершенно очевидно

    how goes it? - как дела?; как поживаете?; что слышно новенького?

    how goes the world with you? - как идут у вас дела?

    to go a-begging /begging/ - а) не иметь спроса /рынка/; б) быть вакантным ( о должности)

    to go a-wool-gathering - быть рассеянным, витать в облаках

    to go against the grain /the hair/ - быть не по вкусу /не по душе, не по нутру/; раздражать

    to go to seed - а) пойти в семена; перестать развиваться; б) прийти в упадок; в) морально опуститься

    go like this with your left foot! - сделай левой ногой так!

    to go like blazes - мчаться, нестись во весь опор

    to go like sixty /split/ - амер. мчаться, нестись во весь опор

    НБАРС > go

  • 10 Historical Portugal

       Before Romans described western Iberia or Hispania as "Lusitania," ancient Iberians inhabited the land. Phoenician and Greek trading settlements grew up in the Tagus estuary area and nearby coasts. Beginning around 202 BCE, Romans invaded what is today southern Portugal. With Rome's defeat of Carthage, Romans proceeded to conquer and rule the western region north of the Tagus, which they named Roman "Lusitania." In the fourth century CE, as Rome's rule weakened, the area experienced yet another invasion—Germanic tribes, principally the Suevi, who eventually were Christianized. During the sixth century CE, the Suevi kingdom was superseded by yet another Germanic tribe—the Christian Visigoths.
       A major turning point in Portugal's history came in 711, as Muslim armies from North Africa, consisting of both Arab and Berber elements, invaded the Iberian Peninsula from across the Straits of Gibraltar. They entered what is now Portugal in 714, and proceeded to conquer most of the country except for the far north. For the next half a millennium, Islam and Muslim presence in Portugal left a significant mark upon the politics, government, language, and culture of the country.
       Islam, Reconquest, and Portugal Created, 714-1140
       The long frontier struggle between Muslim invaders and Christian communities in the north of the Iberian peninsula was called the Reconquista (Reconquest). It was during this struggle that the first dynasty of Portuguese kings (Burgundian) emerged and the independent monarchy of Portugal was established. Christian forces moved south from what is now the extreme north of Portugal and gradually defeated Muslim forces, besieging and capturing towns under Muslim sway. In the ninth century, as Christian forces slowly made their way southward, Christian elements were dominant only in the area between Minho province and the Douro River; this region became known as "territorium Portu-calense."
       In the 11th century, the advance of the Reconquest quickened as local Christian armies were reinforced by crusading knights from what is now France and England. Christian forces took Montemor (1034), at the Mondego River; Lamego (1058); Viseu (1058); and Coimbra (1064). In 1095, the king of Castile and Léon granted the country of "Portu-cale," what became northern Portugal, to a Burgundian count who had emigrated from France. This was the foundation of Portugal. In 1139, a descendant of this count, Afonso Henriques, proclaimed himself "King of Portugal." He was Portugal's first monarch, the "Founder," and the first of the Burgundian dynasty, which ruled until 1385.
       The emergence of Portugal in the 12th century as a separate monarchy in Iberia occurred before the Christian Reconquest of the peninsula. In the 1140s, the pope in Rome recognized Afonso Henriques as king of Portugal. In 1147, after a long, bloody siege, Muslim-occupied Lisbon fell to Afonso Henriques's army. Lisbon was the greatest prize of the 500-year war. Assisting this effort were English crusaders on their way to the Holy Land; the first bishop of Lisbon was an Englishman. When the Portuguese captured Faro and Silves in the Algarve province in 1248-50, the Reconquest of the extreme western portion of the Iberian peninsula was complete—significantly, more than two centuries before the Spanish crown completed the Reconquest of the eastern portion by capturing Granada in 1492.
       Consolidation and Independence of Burgundian Portugal, 1140-1385
       Two main themes of Portugal's early existence as a monarchy are the consolidation of control over the realm and the defeat of a Castil-ian threat from the east to its independence. At the end of this period came the birth of a new royal dynasty (Aviz), which prepared to carry the Christian Reconquest beyond continental Portugal across the straits of Gibraltar to North Africa. There was a variety of motives behind these developments. Portugal's independent existence was imperiled by threats from neighboring Iberian kingdoms to the north and east. Politics were dominated not only by efforts against the Muslims in
       Portugal (until 1250) and in nearby southern Spain (until 1492), but also by internecine warfare among the kingdoms of Castile, Léon, Aragon, and Portugal. A final comeback of Muslim forces was defeated at the battle of Salado (1340) by allied Castilian and Portuguese forces. In the emerging Kingdom of Portugal, the monarch gradually gained power over and neutralized the nobility and the Church.
       The historic and commonplace Portuguese saying "From Spain, neither a good wind nor a good marriage" was literally played out in diplomacy and war in the late 14th-century struggles for mastery in the peninsula. Larger, more populous Castile was pitted against smaller Portugal. Castile's Juan I intended to force a union between Castile and Portugal during this era of confusion and conflict. In late 1383, Portugal's King Fernando, the last king of the Burgundian dynasty, suddenly died prematurely at age 38, and the Master of Aviz, Portugal's most powerful nobleman, took up the cause of independence and resistance against Castile's invasion. The Master of Aviz, who became King João I of Portugal, was able to obtain foreign assistance. With the aid of English archers, Joao's armies defeated the Castilians in the crucial battle of Aljubarrota, on 14 August 1385, a victory that assured the independence of the Portuguese monarchy from its Castilian nemesis for several centuries.
       Aviz Dynasty and Portugal's First Overseas Empire, 1385-1580
       The results of the victory at Aljubarrota, much celebrated in Portugal's art and monuments, and the rise of the Aviz dynasty also helped to establish a new merchant class in Lisbon and Oporto, Portugal's second city. This group supported King João I's program of carrying the Reconquest to North Africa, since it was interested in expanding Portugal's foreign commerce and tapping into Muslim trade routes and resources in Africa. With the Reconquest against the Muslims completed in Portugal and the threat from Castile thwarted for the moment, the Aviz dynasty launched an era of overseas conquest, exploration, and trade. These efforts dominated Portugal's 15th and 16th centuries.
       The overseas empire and age of Discoveries began with Portugal's bold conquest in 1415 of the Moroccan city of Ceuta. One royal member of the 1415 expedition was young, 21-year-old Prince Henry, later known in history as "Prince Henry the Navigator." His part in the capture of Ceuta won Henry his knighthood and began Portugal's "Marvelous Century," during which the small kingdom was counted as a European and world power of consequence. Henry was the son of King João I and his English queen, Philippa of Lancaster, but he did not inherit the throne. Instead, he spent most of his life and his fortune, and that of the wealthy military Order of Christ, on various imperial ventures and on voyages of exploration down the African coast and into the Atlantic. While mythology has surrounded Henry's controversial role in the Discoveries, and this role has been exaggerated, there is no doubt that he played a vital part in the initiation of Portugal's first overseas empire and in encouraging exploration. He was naturally curious, had a sense of mission for Portugal, and was a strong leader. He also had wealth to expend; at least a third of the African voyages of the time were under his sponsorship. If Prince Henry himself knew little science, significant scientific advances in navigation were made in his day.
       What were Portugal's motives for this new imperial effort? The well-worn historical cliche of "God, Glory, and Gold" can only partly explain the motivation of a small kingdom with few natural resources and barely 1 million people, which was greatly outnumbered by the other powers it confronted. Among Portuguese objectives were the desire to exploit known North African trade routes and resources (gold, wheat, leather, weaponry, and other goods that were scarce in Iberia); the need to outflank the Muslim world in the Mediterranean by sailing around Africa, attacking Muslims en route; and the wish to ally with Christian kingdoms beyond Africa. This enterprise also involved a strategy of breaking the Venetian spice monopoly by trading directly with the East by means of discovering and exploiting a sea route around Africa to Asia. Besides the commercial motives, Portugal nurtured a strong crusading sense of Christian mission, and various classes in the kingdom saw an opportunity for fame and gain.
       By the time of Prince Henry's death in 1460, Portugal had gained control of the Atlantic archipelagos of the Azores and Madeiras, begun to colonize the Cape Verde Islands, failed to conquer the Canary Islands from Castile, captured various cities on Morocco's coast, and explored as far as Senegal, West Africa, down the African coast. By 1488, Bar-tolomeu Dias had rounded the Cape of Good Hope in South Africa and thereby discovered the way to the Indian Ocean.
       Portugal's largely coastal African empire and later its fragile Asian empire brought unexpected wealth but were purchased at a high price. Costs included wars of conquest and defense against rival powers, manning the far-flung navel and trade fleets and scattered castle-fortresses, and staffing its small but fierce armies, all of which entailed a loss of skills and population to maintain a scattered empire. Always short of capital, the monarchy became indebted to bankers. There were many defeats beginning in the 16th century at the hands of the larger imperial European monarchies (Spain, France, England, and Holland) and many attacks on Portugal and its strung-out empire. Typically, there was also the conflict that arose when a tenuously held world empire that rarely if ever paid its way demanded finance and manpower Portugal itself lacked.
       The first 80 years of the glorious imperial era, the golden age of Portugal's imperial power and world influence, was an African phase. During 1415-88, Portuguese navigators and explorers in small ships, some of them caravelas (caravels), explored the treacherous, disease-ridden coasts of Africa from Morocco to South Africa beyond the Cape of Good Hope. By the 1470s, the Portuguese had reached the Gulf of Guinea and, in the early 1480s, what is now Angola. Bartolomeu Dias's extraordinary voyage of 1487-88 to South Africa's coast and the edge of the Indian Ocean convinced Portugal that the best route to Asia's spices and Christians lay south, around the tip of southern Africa. Between 1488 and 1495, there was a hiatus caused in part by domestic conflict in Portugal, discussion of resources available for further conquests beyond Africa in Asia, and serious questions as to Portugal's capacity to reach beyond Africa. In 1495, King Manuel and his council decided to strike for Asia, whatever the consequences. In 1497-99, Vasco da Gama, under royal orders, made the epic two-year voyage that discovered the sea route to western India (Asia), outflanked Islam and Venice, and began Portugal's Asian empire. Within 50 years, Portugal had discovered and begun the exploitation of its largest colony, Brazil, and set up forts and trading posts from the Middle East (Aden and Ormuz), India (Calicut, Goa, etc.), Malacca, and Indonesia to Macau in China.
       By the 1550s, parts of its largely coastal, maritime trading post empire from Morocco to the Moluccas were under siege from various hostile forces, including Muslims, Christians, and Hindi. Although Moroccan forces expelled the Portuguese from the major coastal cities by 1550, the rival European monarchies of Castile (Spain), England, France, and later Holland began to seize portions of her undermanned, outgunned maritime empire.
       In 1580, Phillip II of Spain, whose mother was a Portuguese princess and who had a strong claim to the Portuguese throne, invaded Portugal, claimed the throne, and assumed control over the realm and, by extension, its African, Asian, and American empires. Phillip II filled the power vacuum that appeared in Portugal following the loss of most of Portugal's army and its young, headstrong King Sebastião in a disastrous war in Morocco. Sebastiao's death in battle (1578) and the lack of a natural heir to succeed him, as well as the weak leadership of the cardinal who briefly assumed control in Lisbon, led to a crisis that Spain's strong monarch exploited. As a result, Portugal lost its independence to Spain for a period of 60 years.
       Portugal under Spanish Rule, 1580-1640
       Despite the disastrous nature of Portugal's experience under Spanish rule, "The Babylonian Captivity" gave birth to modern Portuguese nationalism, its second overseas empire, and its modern alliance system with England. Although Spain allowed Portugal's weakened empire some autonomy, Spanish rule in Portugal became increasingly burdensome and unacceptable. Spain's ambitious imperial efforts in Europe and overseas had an impact on the Portuguese as Spain made greater and greater demands on its smaller neighbor for manpower and money. Portugal's culture underwent a controversial Castilianization, while its empire became hostage to Spain's fortunes. New rival powers England, France, and Holland attacked and took parts of Spain's empire and at the same time attacked Portugal's empire, as well as the mother country.
       Portugal's empire bore the consequences of being attacked by Spain's bitter enemies in what was a form of world war. Portuguese losses were heavy. By 1640, Portugal had lost most of its Moroccan cities as well as Ceylon, the Moluccas, and sections of India. With this, Portugal's Asian empire was gravely weakened. Only Goa, Damão, Diu, Bombay, Timor, and Macau remained and, in Brazil, Dutch forces occupied the northeast.
       On 1 December 1640, long commemorated as a national holiday, Portuguese rebels led by the duke of Braganza overthrew Spanish domination and took advantage of Spanish weakness following a more serious rebellion in Catalonia. Portugal regained independence from Spain, but at a price: dependence on foreign assistance to maintain its independence in the form of the renewal of the alliance with England.
       Restoration and Second Empire, 1640-1822
       Foreign affairs and empire dominated the restoration era and aftermath, and Portugal again briefly enjoyed greater European power and prestige. The Anglo-Portuguese Alliance was renewed and strengthened in treaties of 1642, 1654, and 1661, and Portugal's independence from Spain was underwritten by English pledges and armed assistance. In a Luso-Spanish treaty of 1668, Spain recognized Portugal's independence. Portugal's alliance with England was a marriage of convenience and necessity between two monarchies with important religious, cultural, and social differences. In return for legal, diplomatic, and trade privileges, as well as the use during war and peace of Portugal's great Lisbon harbor and colonial ports for England's navy, England pledged to protect Portugal and its scattered empire from any attack. The previously cited 17th-century alliance treaties were renewed later in the Treaty of Windsor, signed in London in 1899. On at least 10 different occasions after 1640, and during the next two centuries, England was central in helping prevent or repel foreign invasions of its ally, Portugal.
       Portugal's second empire (1640-1822) was largely Brazil-oriented. Portuguese colonization, exploitation of wealth, and emigration focused on Portuguese America, and imperial revenues came chiefly from Brazil. Between 1670 and 1740, Portugal's royalty and nobility grew wealthier on funds derived from Brazilian gold, diamonds, sugar, tobacco, and other crops, an enterprise supported by the Atlantic slave trade and the supply of African slave labor from West Africa and Angola. Visitors today can see where much of that wealth was invested: Portugal's rich legacy of monumental architecture. Meanwhile, the African slave trade took a toll in Angola and West Africa.
       In continental Portugal, absolutist monarchy dominated politics and government, and there was a struggle for position and power between the monarchy and other institutions, such as the Church and nobility. King José I's chief minister, usually known in history as the marquis of Pombal (ruled 1750-77), sharply suppressed the nobility and the
       Church (including the Inquisition, now a weak institution) and expelled the Jesuits. Pombal also made an effort to reduce economic dependence on England, Portugal's oldest ally. But his successes did not last much beyond his disputed time in office.
       Beginning in the late 18th century, the European-wide impact of the French Revolution and the rise of Napoleon placed Portugal in a vulnerable position. With the monarchy ineffectively led by an insane queen (Maria I) and her indecisive regent son (João VI), Portugal again became the focus of foreign ambition and aggression. With England unable to provide decisive assistance in time, France—with Spain's consent—invaded Portugal in 1807. As Napoleon's army under General Junot entered Lisbon meeting no resistance, Portugal's royal family fled on a British fleet to Brazil, where it remained in exile until 1821. In the meantime, Portugal's overseas empire was again under threat. There was a power vacuum as the monarch was absent, foreign armies were present, and new political notions of liberalism and constitutional monarchy were exciting various groups of citizens.
       Again England came to the rescue, this time in the form of the armies of the duke of Wellington. Three successive French invasions of Portugal were defeated and expelled, and Wellington succeeded in carrying the war against Napoleon across the Portuguese frontier into Spain. The presence of the English army, the new French-born liberal ideas, and the political vacuum combined to create revolutionary conditions. The French invasions and the peninsular wars, where Portuguese armed forces played a key role, marked the beginning of a new era in politics.
       Liberalism and Constitutional Monarchy, 1822-1910
       During 1807-22, foreign invasions, war, and civil strife over conflicting political ideas gravely damaged Portugal's commerce, economy, and novice industry. The next terrible blow was the loss of Brazil in 1822, the jewel in the imperial crown. Portugal's very independence seemed to be at risk. In vain, Portugal sought to resist Brazilian independence by force, but in 1825 it formally acknowledged Brazilian independence by treaty.
       Portugal's slow recovery from the destructive French invasions and the "war of independence" was complicated by civil strife over the form of constitutional monarchy that best suited Portugal. After struggles over these issues between 1820 and 1834, Portugal settled somewhat uncertainly into a moderate constitutional monarchy whose constitution (Charter of 1826) lent it strong political powers to exert a moderating influence between the executive and legislative branches of the government. It also featured a new upper middle class based on land ownership and commerce; a Catholic Church that, although still important, lived with reduced privileges and property; a largely African (third) empire to which Lisbon and Oporto devoted increasing spiritual and material resources, starting with the liberal imperial plans of 1836 and 1851, and continuing with the work of institutions like the Lisbon Society of Geography (established 1875); and a mass of rural peasants whose bonds to the land weakened after 1850 and who began to immigrate in increasing numbers to Brazil and North America.
       Chronic military intervention in national politics began in 19th-century Portugal. Such intervention, usually commencing with coups or pronunciamentos (military revolts), was a shortcut to the spoils of political office and could reflect popular discontent as well as the power of personalities. An early example of this was the 1817 golpe (coup) attempt of General Gomes Freire against British military rule in Portugal before the return of King João VI from Brazil. Except for a more stable period from 1851 to 1880, military intervention in politics, or the threat thereof, became a feature of the constitutional monarchy's political life, and it continued into the First Republic and the subsequent Estado Novo.
       Beginning with the Regeneration period (1851-80), Portugal experienced greater political stability and economic progress. Military intervention in politics virtually ceased; industrialization and construction of railroads, roads, and bridges proceeded; two political parties (Regenerators and Historicals) worked out a system of rotation in power; and leading intellectuals sparked a cultural revival in several fields. In 19th-century literature, there was a new golden age led by such figures as Alexandre Herculano (historian), Eça de Queirós (novelist), Almeida Garrett (playwright and essayist), Antero de Quental (poet), and Joaquim Oliveira Martins (historian and social scientist). In its third overseas empire, Portugal attempted to replace the slave trade and slavery with legitimate economic activities; to reform the administration; and to expand Portuguese holdings beyond coastal footholds deep into the African hinterlands in West, West Central, and East Africa. After 1841, to some extent, and especially after 1870, colonial affairs, combined with intense nationalism, pressures for economic profit in Africa, sentiment for national revival, and the drift of European affairs would make or break Lisbon governments.
       Beginning with the political crisis that arose out of the "English Ultimatum" affair of January 1890, the monarchy became discredtted and identified with the poorly functioning government, political parties splintered, and republicanism found more supporters. Portugal participated in the "Scramble for Africa," expanding its African holdings, but failed to annex territory connecting Angola and Mozambique. A growing foreign debt and state bankruptcy as of the early 1890s damaged the constitutional monarchy's reputation, despite the efforts of King Carlos in diplomacy, the renewal of the alliance in the Windsor Treaty of 1899, and the successful if bloody colonial wars in the empire (1880-97). Republicanism proclaimed that Portugal's weak economy and poor society were due to two historic institutions: the monarchy and the Catholic Church. A republic, its stalwarts claimed, would bring greater individual liberty; efficient, if more decentralized government; and a stronger colonial program while stripping the Church of its role in both society and education.
       As the monarchy lost support and republicans became more aggressive, violence increased in politics. King Carlos I and his heir Luís were murdered in Lisbon by anarchist-republicans on 1 February 1908. Following a military and civil insurrection and fighting between monarchist and republican forces, on 5 October 1910, King Manuel II fled Portugal and a republic was proclaimed.
       First Parliamentary Republic, 1910-26
       Portugal's first attempt at republican government was the most unstable, turbulent parliamentary republic in the history of 20th-century Western Europe. During a little under 16 years of the republic, there were 45 governments, a number of legislatures that did not complete normal terms, military coups, and only one president who completed his four-year term in office. Portuguese society was poorly prepared for this political experiment. Among the deadly legacies of the monarchy were a huge public debt; a largely rural, apolitical, and illiterate peasant population; conflict over the causes of the country's misfortunes; and lack of experience with a pluralist, democratic system.
       The republic had some talented leadership but lacked popular, institutional, and economic support. The 1911 republican constitution established only a limited democracy, as only a small portion of the adult male citizenry was eligible to vote. In a country where the majority was Catholic, the republic passed harshly anticlerical laws, and its institutions and supporters persecuted both the Church and its adherents. During its brief disjointed life, the First Republic drafted important reform plans in economic, social, and educational affairs; actively promoted development in the empire; and pursued a liberal, generous foreign policy. Following British requests for Portugal's assistance in World War I, Portugal entered the war on the Allied side in March 1916 and sent armies to Flanders and Portuguese Africa. Portugal's intervention in that conflict, however, was too costly in many respects, and the ultimate failure of the republic in part may be ascribed to Portugal's World War I activities.
       Unfortunately for the republic, its time coincided with new threats to Portugal's African possessions: World War I, social and political demands from various classes that could not be reconciled, excessive military intervention in politics, and, in particular, the worst economic and financial crisis Portugal had experienced since the 16th and 17th centuries. After the original Portuguese Republican Party (PRP, also known as the "Democrats") splintered into three warring groups in 1912, no true multiparty system emerged. The Democrats, except for only one or two elections, held an iron monopoly of electoral power, and political corruption became a major issue. As extreme right-wing dictatorships elsewhere in Europe began to take power in Italy (1922), neighboring Spain (1923), and Greece (1925), what scant popular support remained for the republic collapsed. Backed by a right-wing coalition of landowners from Alentejo, clergy, Coimbra University faculty and students, Catholic organizations, and big business, career military officers led by General Gomes da Costa executed a coup on 28 May 1926, turned out the last republican government, and established a military government.
       The Estado Novo (New State), 1926-74
       During the military phase (1926-32) of the Estado Novo, professional military officers, largely from the army, governed and administered Portugal and held key cabinet posts, but soon discovered that the military possessed no magic formula that could readily solve the problems inherited from the First Republic. Especially during the years 1926-31, the military dictatorship, even with its political repression of republican activities and institutions (military censorship of the press, political police action, and closure of the republic's rowdy parliament), was characterized by similar weaknesses: personalism and factionalism; military coups and political instability, including civil strife and loss of life; state debt and bankruptcy; and a weak economy. "Barracks parliamentarism" was not an acceptable alternative even to the "Nightmare Republic."
       Led by General Óscar Carmona, who had replaced and sent into exile General Gomes da Costa, the military dictatorship turned to a civilian expert in finance and economics to break the budget impasse and bring coherence to the disorganized system. Appointed minister of finance on 27 April 1928, the Coimbra University Law School professor of economics Antônio de Oliveira Salazar (1889-1970) first reformed finance, helped balance the budget, and then turned to other concerns as he garnered extraordinary governing powers. In 1930, he was appointed interim head of another key ministry (Colonies) and within a few years had become, in effect, a civilian dictator who, with the military hierarchy's support, provided the government with coherence, a program, and a set of policies.
       For nearly 40 years after he was appointed the first civilian prime minister in 1932, Salazar's personality dominated the government. Unlike extreme right-wing dictators elsewhere in Europe, Salazar was directly appointed by the army but was never endorsed by a popular political party, street militia, or voter base. The scholarly, reclusive former Coimbra University professor built up what became known after 1932 as the Estado Novo ("New State"), which at the time of its overthrow by another military coup in 1974, was the longest surviving authoritarian regime in Western Europe. The system of Salazar and the largely academic and technocratic ruling group he gathered in his cabinets was based on the central bureaucracy of the state, which was supported by the president of the republic—always a senior career military officer, General Óscar Carmona (1928-51), General Craveiro Lopes (1951-58), and Admiral Américo Tómaz (1958-74)—and the complicity of various institutions. These included a rubber-stamp legislature called the National Assembly (1935-74) and a political police known under various names: PVDE (1932-45), PIDE (1945-69),
       and DGS (1969-74). Other defenders of the Estado Novo security were paramilitary organizations such as the National Republican Guard (GNR); the Portuguese Legion (PL); and the Portuguese Youth [Movement]. In addition to censorship of the media, theater, and books, there was political repression and a deliberate policy of depoliticization. All political parties except for the approved movement of regime loyalists, the União Nacional or (National Union), were banned.
       The most vigorous and more popular period of the New State was 1932-44, when the basic structures were established. Never monolithic or entirely the work of one person (Salazar), the New State was constructed with the assistance of several dozen top associates who were mainly academics from law schools, some technocrats with specialized skills, and a handful of trusted career military officers. The 1933 Constitution declared Portugal to be a "unitary, corporative Republic," and pressures to restore the monarchy were resisted. Although some of the regime's followers were fascists and pseudofascists, many more were conservative Catholics, integralists, nationalists, and monarchists of different varieties, and even some reactionary republicans. If the New State was authoritarian, it was not totalitarian and, unlike fascism in Benito Mussolini's Italy or Adolf Hitler's Germany, it usually employed the minimum of violence necessary to defeat what remained a largely fractious, incoherent opposition.
       With the tumultuous Second Republic and the subsequent civil war in nearby Spain, the regime felt threatened and reinforced its defenses. During what Salazar rightly perceived as a time of foreign policy crisis for Portugal (1936-45), he assumed control of the Ministry of Foreign Affairs. From there, he pursued four basic foreign policy objectives: supporting the Nationalist rebels of General Francisco Franco in the Spanish Civil War (1936-39) and concluding defense treaties with a triumphant Franco; ensuring that General Franco in an exhausted Spain did not enter World War II on the Axis side; maintaining Portuguese neutrality in World War II with a post-1942 tilt toward the Allies, including granting Britain and the United States use of bases in the Azores Islands; and preserving and protecting Portugal's Atlantic Islands and its extensive, if poor, overseas empire in Africa and Asia.
       During the middle years of the New State (1944-58), many key Salazar associates in government either died or resigned, and there was greater social unrest in the form of unprecedented strikes and clandestine Communist activities, intensified opposition, and new threatening international pressures on Portugal's overseas empire. During the earlier phase of the Cold War (1947-60), Portugal became a steadfast, if weak, member of the US-dominated North Atlantic Treaty Organization alliance and, in 1955, with American support, Portugal joined the United Nations (UN). Colonial affairs remained a central concern of the regime. As of 1939, Portugal was the third largest colonial power in the world and possessed territories in tropical Africa (Angola, Mozambique, Guinea-Bissau, and São Tomé and Príncipe Islands) and the remnants of its 16th-century empire in Asia (Goa, Damão, Diu, East Timor, and Macau). Beginning in the early 1950s, following the independence of India in 1947, Portugal resisted Indian pressures to decolonize Portuguese India and used police forces to discourage internal opposition in its Asian and African colonies.
       The later years of the New State (1958-68) witnessed the aging of the increasingly isolated but feared Salazar and new threats both at home and overseas. Although the regime easily overcame the brief oppositionist threat from rival presidential candidate General Humberto Delgado in the spring of 1958, new developments in the African and Asian empires imperiled the authoritarian system. In February 1961, oppositionists hijacked the Portuguese ocean liner Santa Maria and, in following weeks, African insurgents in northern Angola, although they failed to expel the Portuguese, gained worldwide media attention, discredited the New State, and began the 13-year colonial war. After thwarting a dissident military coup against his continued leadership, Salazar and his ruling group mobilized military repression in Angola and attempted to develop the African colonies at a faster pace in order to ensure Portuguese control. Meanwhile, the other European colonial powers (Britain, France, Belgium, and Spain) rapidly granted political independence to their African territories.
       At the time of Salazar's removal from power in September 1968, following a stroke, Portugal's efforts to maintain control over its colonies appeared to be successful. President Americo Tomás appointed Dr. Marcello Caetano as Salazar's successor as prime minister. While maintaining the New State's basic structures, and continuing the regime's essential colonial policy, Caetano attempted wider reforms in colonial administration and some devolution of power from Lisbon, as well as more freedom of expression in Lisbon. Still, a great deal of the budget was devoted to supporting the wars against the insurgencies in Africa. Meanwhile in Asia, Portuguese India had fallen when the Indian army invaded in December 1961. The loss of Goa was a psychological blow to the leadership of the New State, and of the Asian empire only East Timor and Macau remained.
       The Caetano years (1968-74) were but a hiatus between the waning Salazar era and a new regime. There was greater political freedom and rapid economic growth (5-6 percent annually to late 1973), but Caetano's government was unable to reform the old system thoroughly and refused to consider new methods either at home or in the empire. In the end, regime change came from junior officers of the professional military who organized the Armed Forces Movement (MFA) against the Caetano government. It was this group of several hundred officers, mainly in the army and navy, which engineered a largely bloodless coup in Lisbon on 25 April 1974. Their unexpected action brought down the 48-year-old New State and made possible the eventual establishment and consolidation of democratic governance in Portugal, as well as a reorientation of the country away from the Atlantic toward Europe.
       Revolution of Carnations, 1974-76
       Following successful military operations of the Armed Forces Movement against the Caetano government, Portugal experienced what became known as the "Revolution of Carnations." It so happened that during the rainy week of the military golpe, Lisbon flower shops were featuring carnations, and the revolutionaries and their supporters adopted the red carnation as the common symbol of the event, as well as of the new freedom from dictatorship. The MFA, whose leaders at first were mostly little-known majors and captains, proclaimed a three-fold program of change for the new Portugal: democracy; decolonization of the overseas empire, after ending the colonial wars; and developing a backward economy in the spirit of opportunity and equality. During the first 24 months after the coup, there was civil strife, some anarchy, and a power struggle. With the passing of the Estado Novo, public euphoria burst forth as the new provisional military government proclaimed the freedoms of speech, press, and assembly, and abolished censorship, the political police, the Portuguese Legion, Portuguese Youth, and other New State organizations, including the National Union. Scores of political parties were born and joined the senior political party, the Portuguese Community Party (PCP), and the Socialist Party (PS), founded shortly before the coup.
       Portugal's Revolution of Carnations went through several phases. There was an attempt to take control by radical leftists, including the PCP and its allies. This was thwarted by moderate officers in the army, as well as by the efforts of two political parties: the PS and the Social Democrats (PPD, later PSD). The first phase was from April to September 1974. Provisional president General Antonio Spínola, whose 1974 book Portugal and the Future had helped prepare public opinion for the coup, met irresistible leftist pressures. After Spinola's efforts to avoid rapid decolonization of the African empire failed, he resigned in September 1974. During the second phase, from September 1974 to March 1975, radical military officers gained control, but a coup attempt by General Spínola and his supporters in Lisbon in March 1975 failed and Spínola fled to Spain.
       In the third phase of the Revolution, March-November 1975, a strong leftist reaction followed. Farm workers occupied and "nationalized" 1.1 million hectares of farmland in the Alentejo province, and radical military officers in the provisional government ordered the nationalization of Portuguese banks (foreign banks were exempted), utilities, and major industries, or about 60 percent of the economic system. There were power struggles among various political parties — a total of 50 emerged—and in the streets there was civil strife among labor, military, and law enforcement groups. A constituent assembly, elected on 25 April 1975, in Portugal's first free elections since 1926, drafted a democratic constitution. The Council of the Revolution (CR), briefly a revolutionary military watchdog committee, was entrenched as part of the government under the constitution, until a later revision. During the chaotic year of 1975, about 30 persons were killed in political frays while unstable provisional governments came and went. On 25 November 1975, moderate military forces led by Colonel Ramalho Eanes, who later was twice elected president of the republic (1976 and 1981), defeated radical, leftist military groups' revolutionary conspiracies.
       In the meantime, Portugal's scattered overseas empire experienced a precipitous and unprepared decolonization. One by one, the former colonies were granted and accepted independence—Guinea-Bissau (September 1974), Cape Verde Islands (July 1975), and Mozambique (July 1975). Portugal offered to turn over Macau to the People's Republic of China, but the offer was refused then and later negotiations led to the establishment of a formal decolonization or hand-over date of 1999. But in two former colonies, the process of decolonization had tragic results.
       In Angola, decolonization negotiations were greatly complicated by the fact that there were three rival nationalist movements in a struggle for power. The January 1975 Alvor Agreement signed by Portugal and these three parties was not effectively implemented. A bloody civil war broke out in Angola in the spring of 1975 and, when Portuguese armed forces withdrew and declared that Angola was independent on 11 November 1975, the bloodshed only increased. Meanwhile, most of the white Portuguese settlers from Angola and Mozambique fled during the course of 1975. Together with African refugees, more than 600,000 of these retornados ("returned ones") went by ship and air to Portugal and thousands more to Namibia, South Africa, Brazil, Canada, and the United States.
       The second major decolonization disaster was in Portugal's colony of East Timor in the Indonesian archipelago. Portugal's capacity to supervise and control a peaceful transition to independence in this isolated, neglected colony was limited by the strength of giant Indonesia, distance from Lisbon, and Portugal's revolutionary disorder and inability to defend Timor. In early December 1975, before Portugal granted formal independence and as one party, FRETILIN, unilaterally declared East Timor's independence, Indonesia's armed forces invaded, conquered, and annexed East Timor. Indonesian occupation encountered East Timorese resistance, and a heavy loss of life followed. The East Timor question remained a contentious international issue in the UN, as well as in Lisbon and Jakarta, for more than 20 years following Indonesia's invasion and annexation of the former colony of Portugal. Major changes occurred, beginning in 1998, after Indonesia underwent a political revolution and allowed a referendum in East Timor to decide that territory's political future in August 1999. Most East Timorese chose independence, but Indonesian forces resisted that verdict until
       UN intervention in September 1999. Following UN rule for several years, East Timor attained full independence on 20 May 2002.
       Consolidation of Democracy, 1976-2000
       After several free elections and record voter turnouts between 25 April 1975 and June 1976, civil war was averted and Portugal's second democratic republic began to stabilize. The MFA was dissolved, the military were returned to the barracks, and increasingly elected civilians took over the government of the country. The 1976 Constitution was revised several times beginning in 1982 and 1989, in order to reempha-size the principle of free enterprise in the economy while much of the large, nationalized sector was privatized. In June 1976, General Ram-alho Eanes was elected the first constitutional president of the republic (five-year term), and he appointed socialist leader Dr. Mário Soares as prime minister of the first constitutional government.
       From 1976 to 1985, Portugal's new system featured a weak economy and finances, labor unrest, and administrative and political instability. The difficult consolidation of democratic governance was eased in part by the strong currency and gold reserves inherited from the Estado Novo, but Lisbon seemed unable to cope with high unemployment, new debt, the complex impact of the refugees from Africa, world recession, and the agitation of political parties. Four major parties emerged from the maelstrom of 1974-75, except for the Communist Party, all newly founded. They were, from left to right, the Communists (PCP); the Socialists (PS), who managed to dominate governments and the legislature but not win a majority in the Assembly of the Republic; the Social Democrats (PSD); and the Christian Democrats (CDS). During this period, the annual growth rate was low (l-2 percent), and the nationalized sector of the economy stagnated.
       Enhanced economic growth, greater political stability, and more effective central government as of 1985, and especially 1987, were due to several developments. In 1977, Portugal applied for membership in the European Economic Community (EEC), now the European Union (EU) since 1993. In January 1986, with Spain, Portugal was granted membership, and economic and financial progress in the intervening years has been significantly influenced by the comparatively large investment, loans, technology, advice, and other assistance from the EEC. Low unemployment, high annual growth rates (5 percent), and moderate inflation have also been induced by the new political and administrative stability in Lisbon. Led by Prime Minister Cavaco Silva, an economist who was trained abroad, the PSD's strong organization, management, and electoral support since 1985 have assisted in encouraging economic recovery and development. In 1985, the PSD turned the PS out of office and won the general election, although they did not have an absolute majority of assembly seats. In 1986, Mário Soares was elected president of the republic, the first civilian to hold that office since the First Republic. In the elections of 1987 and 1991, however, the PSD was returned to power with clear majorities of over 50 percent of the vote.
       Although the PSD received 50.4 percent of the vote in the 1991 parliamentary elections and held a 42-seat majority in the Assembly of the Republic, the party began to lose public support following media revelations regarding corruption and complaints about Prime Minister Cavaco Silva's perceived arrogant leadership style. President Mário Soares voiced criticism of the PSD's seemingly untouchable majority and described a "tyranny of the majority." Economic growth slowed down. In the parliamentary elections of 1995 and the presidential election of 1996, the PSD's dominance ended for the time being. Prime Minister Antônio Guterres came to office when the PS won the October 1995 elections, and in the subsequent presidential contest, in January 1996, socialist Jorge Sampaio, the former mayor of Lisbon, was elected president of the republic, thus defeating Cavaco Silva's bid. Young and popular, Guterres moved the PS toward the center of the political spectrum. Under Guterres, the PS won the October 1999 parliamentary elections. The PS defeated the PSD but did not manage to win a clear, working majority of seats, and this made the PS dependent upon alliances with smaller parties, including the PCP.
       In the local elections in December 2001, the PSD's criticism of PS's heavy public spending allowed the PSD to take control of the key cities of Lisbon, Oporto, and Coimbra. Guterres resigned, and parliamentary elections were brought forward from 2004 to March 2002. The PSD won a narrow victory with 40 percent of the votes, and Jose Durão Barroso became prime minister. Having failed to win a majority of the seats in parliament forced the PSD to govern in coalition with the right-wing Popular Party (PP) led by Paulo Portas. Durão Barroso set about reducing government spending by cutting the budgets of local authorities, freezing civil service hiring, and reviving the economy by accelerating privatization of state-owned enterprises. These measures provoked a 24-hour strike by public-sector workers. Durão Barroso reacted with vows to press ahead with budget-cutting measures and imposed a wage freeze on all employees earning more than €1,000, which affected more than one-half of Portugal's work force.
       In June 2004, Durão Barroso was invited by Romano Prodi to succeed him as president of the European Commission. Durão Barroso accepted and resigned the prime ministership in July. Pedro Santana Lopes, the leader of the PSD, became prime minister. Already unpopular at the time of Durão Barroso's resignation, the PSD-led government became increasingly unpopular under Santana Lopes. A month-long delay in the start of the school year and confusion over his plan to cut taxes and raise public-sector salaries, eroded confidence even more. By November, Santana Lopes's government was so unpopular that President Jorge Sampaio was obliged to dissolve parliament and hold new elections, two years ahead of schedule.
       Parliamentary elections were held on 20 February 2005. The PS, which had promised the electorate disciplined and transparent governance, educational reform, the alleviation of poverty, and a boost in employment, won 45 percent of the vote and the majority of the seats in parliament. The leader of the PS, José Sôcrates became prime minister on 12 March 2005. In the regularly scheduled presidential elections held on 6 January 2006, the former leader of the PSD and prime minister, Aníbal Cavaco Silva, won a narrow victory and became president on 9 March 2006. With a mass protest, public teachers' strike, and street demonstrations in March 2008, Portugal's media, educational, and social systems experienced more severe pressures. With the spreading global recession beginning in September 2008, Portugal's economic and financial systems became more troubled.
       Owing to its geographic location on the southwestern most edge of continental Europe, Portugal has been historically in but not of Europe. Almost from the beginning of its existence in the 12th century as an independent monarchy, Portugal turned its back on Europe and oriented itself toward the Atlantic Ocean. After carving out a Christian kingdom on the western portion of the Iberian peninsula, Portuguese kings gradually built and maintained a vast seaborne global empire that became central to the way Portugal understood its individuality as a nation-state. While the creation of this empire allows Portugal to claim an unusual number of "firsts" or distinctions in world and Western history, it also retarded Portugal's economic, social, and political development. It can be reasonably argued that the Revolution of 25 April 1974 was the most decisive event in Portugal's long history because it finally ended Portugal's oceanic mission and view of itself as an imperial power. After the 1974 Revolution, Portugal turned away from its global mission and vigorously reoriented itself toward Europe. Contemporary Portugal is now both in and of Europe.
       The turn toward Europe began immediately after 25 April 1974. Portugal granted independence to its African colonies in 1975. It was admitted to the European Council and took the first steps toward accession to the European Economic Community (EEC) in 1976. On 28 March 1977, the Portuguese government officially applied for EEC membership. Because of Portugal's economic and social backwardness, which would require vast sums of EEC money to overcome, negotiations for membership were long and difficult. Finally, a treaty of accession was signed on 12 June 1985. Portugal officially joined the EEC (the European Union [EU] since 1993) on 1 January 1986. Since becoming a full-fledged member of the EU, Portugal has been steadily overcoming the economic and social underdevelopment caused by its imperial past and is becoming more like the rest of Europe.
       Membership in the EU has speeded up the structural transformation of Portugal's economy, which actually began during the Estado Novo. Investments made by the Estado Novo in Portugal's economy began to shift employment out of the agricultural sector, which, in 1950, accounted for 50 percent of Portugal's economically active population. Today, only 10 percent of the economically active population is employed in the agricultural sector (the highest among EU member states); 30 percent in the industrial sector (also the highest among EU member states); and 60 percent in the service sector (the lowest among EU member states). The economically active population numbers about 5,000,000 employed, 56 percent of whom are women. Women workers are the majority of the workforce in the agricultural and service sectors (the highest among the EU member states). The expansion of the service sector has been primarily in health care and education. Portugal has had the lowest unemployment rates among EU member states, with the overall rate never being more than 10 percent of the active population. Since joining the EU, the number of employers increased from 2.6 percent to 5.8 percent of the active population; self-employed from 16 to 19 percent; and employees from 65 to 70 percent. Twenty-six percent of the employers are women. Unemployment tends to hit younger workers in industry and transportation, women employed in domestic service, workers on short-term contracts, and poorly educated workers. Salaried workers earn only 63 percent of the EU average, and hourly workers only one-third to one-half of that earned by their EU counterparts. Despite having had the second highest growth of gross national product (GNP) per inhabitant (after Ireland) among EU member states, the above data suggest that while much has been accomplished in terms of modernizing the Portuguese economy, much remains to be done to bring Portugal's economy up to the level of the "average" EU member state.
       Membership in the EU has also speeded up changes in Portuguese society. Over the last 30 years, coastalization and urbanization have intensified. Fully 50 percent of Portuguese live in the coastal urban conurbations of Lisbon, Oporto, Braga, Aveiro, Coimbra, Viseu, Évora, and Faro. The Portuguese population is one of the oldest among EU member states (17.3 percent are 65 years of age or older) thanks to a considerable increase in life expectancy at birth (77.87 years for the total population, 74.6 years for men, 81.36 years for women) and one of the lowest birthrates (10.59 births/1,000) in Europe. Family size averages 2.8 persons per household, with the strict nuclear family (one or two generations) in which both parents work being typical. Common law marriages, cohabitating couples, and single-parent households are more and more common. The divorce rate has also increased. "Youth Culture" has developed. The young have their own meeting places, leisure-time activities, and nightlife (bars, clubs, and discos).
       All Portuguese citizens, whether they have contributed or not, have a right to an old-age pension, invalidity benefits, widowed persons' pension, as well as payments for disabilities, children, unemployment, and large families. There is a national minimum wage (€385 per month), which is low by EU standards. The rapid aging of Portugal's population has changed the ratio of contributors to pensioners to 1.7, the lowest in the EU. This has created deficits in Portugal's social security fund.
       The adult literacy rate is about 92 percent. Illiteracy is still found among the elderly. Although universal compulsory education up to grade 9 was achieved in 1980, only 21.2 percent of the population aged 25-64 had undergone secondary education, compared to an EU average of 65.7 percent. Portugal's higher education system currently consists of 14 state universities and 14 private universities, 15 state polytechnic institutions, one Catholic university, and one military academy. All in all, Portugal spends a greater percentage of its state budget on education than most EU member states. Despite this high level of expenditure, the troubled Portuguese education system does not perform well. Early leaving and repetition rates are among the highest among EU member states.
       After the Revolution of 25 April 1974, Portugal created a National Health Service, which today consists of 221 hospitals and 512 medical centers employing 33,751 doctors and 41,799 nurses. Like its education system, Portugal's medical system is inefficient. There are long waiting lists for appointments with specialists and for surgical procedures.
       Structural changes in Portugal's economy and society mean that social life in Portugal is not too different from that in other EU member states. A mass consumption society has been created. Televisions, telephones, refrigerators, cars, music equipment, mobile phones, and personal computers are commonplace. Sixty percent of Portuguese households possess at least one automobile, and 65 percent of Portuguese own their own home. Portuguese citizens are more aware of their legal rights than ever before. This has resulted in a trebling of the number of legal proceeding since 1960 and an eight-fold increase in the number of lawyers. In general, Portuguese society has become more permissive and secular; the Catholic Church and the armed forces are much less influential than in the past. Portugal's population is also much more culturally, religiously, and ethnically diverse, a consequence of the coming to Portugal of hundreds of thousands of immigrants, mainly from former African colonies.
       Portuguese are becoming more cosmopolitan and sophisticated through the impact of world media, the Internet, and the World Wide Web. A prime case in point came in the summer and early fall of 1999, with the extraordinary events in East Timor and the massive Portuguese popular responses. An internationally monitored referendum in East Timor, Portugal's former colony in the Indonesian archipelago and under Indonesian occupation from late 1975 to summer 1999, resulted in a vote of 78.5 percent for rejecting integration with Indonesia and for independence. When Indonesian prointegration gangs, aided by the Indonesian military, responded to the referendum with widespread brutality and threatened to reverse the verdict of the referendum, there was a spontaneous popular outpouring of protest in the cities and towns of Portugal. An avalanche of Portuguese e-mail fell on leaders and groups in the UN and in certain countries around the world as Portugal's diplomats, perhaps to compensate for the weak initial response to Indonesian armed aggression in 1975, called for the protection of East Timor as an independent state and for UN intervention to thwart Indonesian action. Using global communications networks, the Portuguese were able to mobilize UN and world public opinion against Indonesian actions and aided the eventual independence of East Timor on 20 May 2002.
       From the Revolution of 25 April 1974 until the 1990s, Portugal had a large number of political parties, one of the largest Communist parties in western Europe, frequent elections, and endemic cabinet instability. Since the 1990s, the number of political parties has been dramatically reduced and cabinet stability increased. Gradually, the Portuguese electorate has concentrated around two larger parties, the right-of-center Social Democrats (PSD) and the left-of-center Socialist (PS). In the 1980s, these two parties together garnered 65 percent of the vote and 70 percent of the seats in parliament. In 2005, these percentages had risen to 74 percent and 85 percent, respectively. In effect, Portugal is currently a two-party dominant system in which the two largest parties — PS and PSD—alternate in and out of power, not unlike the rotation of the two main political parties (the Regenerators and the Historicals) during the last decades (1850s to 1880s) of the liberal constitutional monarchy. As Portugal's democracy has consolidated, turnout rates for the eligible electorate have declined. In the 1970s, turnout was 85 percent. In Portugal's most recent parliamentary election (2005), turnout had fallen to 65 percent of the eligible electorate.
       Portugal has benefited greatly from membership in the EU, and whatever doubts remain about the price paid for membership, no Portuguese government in the near future can afford to sever this connection. The vast majority of Portuguese citizens see membership in the EU as a "good thing" and strongly believe that Portugal has benefited from membership. Only the Communist Party opposed membership because it reduces national sovereignty, serves the interests of capitalists not workers, and suffers from a democratic deficit. Despite the high level of support for the EU, Portuguese voters are increasingly not voting in elections for the European Parliament, however. Turnout for European Parliament elections fell from 40 percent of the eligible electorate in the 1999 elections to 38 percent in the 2004 elections.
       In sum, Portugal's turn toward Europe has done much to overcome its backwardness. However, despite the economic, social, and political progress made since 1986, Portugal has a long way to go before it can claim to be on a par with the level found even in Spain, much less the rest of western Europe. As Portugal struggles to move from underde-velopment, especially in the rural areas away from the coast, it must keep in mind the perils of too rapid modern development, which could damage two of its most precious assets: its scenery and environment. The growth and future prosperity of the economy will depend on the degree to which the government and the private sector will remain stewards of clean air, soil, water, and other finite resources on which the tourism industry depends and on which Portugal's world image as a unique place to visit rests. Currently, Portugal is investing heavily in renewable energy from solar, wind, and wave power in order to account for about 50 percent of its electricity needs by 2010. Portugal opened the world's largest solar power plant and the world's first commercial wave power farm in 2006.
       An American documentary film on Portugal produced in the 1970s described this little country as having "a Past in Search of a Future." In the years after the Revolution of 25 April 1974, it could be said that Portugal is now living in "a Present in Search of a Future." Increasingly, that future lies in Europe as an active and productive member of the EU.

    Historical dictionary of Portugal > Historical Portugal

  • 11 ἐν

    ἐν prep. w. dat. (Hom.+). For lit. s. ἀνά and εἰς, beg. For special NT uses s. AOepke, TW II 534–39. The uses of this prep. are so many and various, and oft. so easily confused, that a strictly systematic treatment is impossible. It must suffice to list the main categories, which will help establish the usage in individual cases. The earliest auditors/readers, not being inconvenienced by grammatical and lexical debates, would readily absorb the context and experience little difficulty.
    ① marker of a position defined as being in a location, in, among (the basic idea, Rob. 586f)
    ⓐ of the space or place within which someth. is found, in: ἐν τῇ πόλει Lk 7:37. ἐν Βηθλέεμ Mt 2:1. ἐν τῇ ἐρήμῳ 3:1 (Just., D. 19, 5, cp. A I, 12, 6 ἐν ἐρημίᾳ) ἐν τῷ ἱερῷ Ac 5:42. ἐν οἴκῳ 1 Ti 3:15 and very oft. ἐν τοῖς τοῦ πατρός μου in my Father’s house Lk 2:49 and perh. Mt 20:15 (cp. Jos., Ant. 16, 302, C. Ap. 1, 118 ἐν τοῖς τοῦ Διός; PTebt 12, 3; POxy 523, 3; Tob 6:11 S; Goodsp., Probs. 81–83). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ Mt 20:3. ἐν (τῷ) οὐρανῷ in heaven (Arat., Phaen. 10; Diod S 4, 61, 6; Plut., Mor. 359d τὰς ψυχὰς ἐν οὐρανῷ λάμπειν ἄστρα; Tat. 12, 2 τὰ ἄστρα τὰ ἐν αὐτῷ) Ac 2:19 (Jo 3:3); Rv 12:1; IEph 19:2.—W. quotations and accounts of the subject matter of literary works: in (Ps.-Demetr. c. 226 ὡς ἐν τῷ Εὐθυδήμῳ; Simplicius in Epict. p. 28, 37 ἐν τῷ Φαίδωνι; Ammon. Hermiae in Aristot. De Interpret. c. 9 p. 136, 20 Busse ἐν Τιμαίῳ παρειλήφαμεν=we have received as a tradition; 2 Macc 2:4; 1 Esdr 1:40; 5:48; Sir 50:27; Just., A I, 60, 1 ἐν τῷ παρὰ Πλάτωνι Τιμαίῳ) ἐν τῇ ἐπιστολῇ 1 Cor 5:9. ἐν τῷ νόμῳ Lk 24:44; J 1:45. ἐν τοῖς προφήταις Ac 13:40. ἐν Ἠλίᾳ in the story of Elijah Ro 11:2 (Just., D. 120, 3 ἐν τῷ Ἰούδα). ἐν τῷ Ὡσηέ 9:25 (Just., D. 44, 2 ἐν τῷ Ἰεζεκιήλ). ἐν Δαυίδ in the Psalter ( by David is also prob.: s. 6) Hb 4:7. ἐν ἑτέρῳ προφήτῃ in another prophet B 6:14. Of inner life φανεροῦσθαι ἐν ταῖς συνειδήσεσι be made known to (your) consciences 2 Cor 5:11. ἐν τῇ καρδίᾳ Mt 5:28; 13:19; 2 Cor 11:12 et al.
    ⓑ on ἐν τῷ ὄρει (X., An. 4, 3, 31; Diod S 14, 16, 2 λόφος ἐν ᾧ=a hill on which; Jos., Ant. 12, 259; Just., D. 67, 9 ἐν ὄρει Χωρήβ) J 4:20f; Hb 8:5 (Ex 25:40). ἐν τῇ ἀγορᾷ in the market Mt 20:3. ἐν τῇ ὁδῷ on the way Mt 5:25. ἐν πλαξίν on tablets 2 Cor 3:3. ἐν ταῖς γωνίαις τῶν πλατειῶν on the street corners Mt 6:5.
    ⓒ within the range of, at, near (Soph., Fgm. 37 [34 N.2] ἐν παντὶ λίθῳ=near every stone; Artem. 4, 24 p. 217, 19 ἐν Τύρῳ=near Tyre; Polyaenus 8, 24, 7 ἐν τῇ νησῖδι=near the island; Diog. L. 1, 34; 85; 97 τὰ ἐν ποσίν=what is before one’s feet; Jos., Vi. 227 ἐν Χαβωλώ) ἐν τῷ γαζοφυλακείῳ (q.v.) J 8:20. ἐν τῷ Σιλωάμ near the pool of Siloam Lk 13:4. καθίζειν ἐν τῇ δεξιᾷ τινος sit at someone’s right hand (cp. 1 Esdr 4:29) Eph 1:20; Hb 1:3; 8:1.
    ⓓ among, in (Hom.+; PTebt 58, 41 [111 B.C.]; Sir 16:6; 31:9; 1 Macc 4:58; 5:2; TestAbr B 9 p. 13, 27 [Stone p. 74]; Just., A I, 5, 4 ἐν βαρβάροις) ἐν τῇ γενεᾷ ταύτῃ in the generation now living Mk 8:38. ἐν τῷ γένει μου among my people Gal 1:14 (Just., D. 51, 1 al. ἐν τῷ γένει ὑμῶν). ἐν ἡμῖν Hb 13:26. ἐν τῷ ὄχλῳ in the crowd Mk 5:30 (cp. Sir 7:7). ἐν ἀλλήλοις mutually (Thu. 1, 24, 4; Just., D. 101, 3) Ro 1:12; 15:5. ἐν τοῖς ἡγεμόσιν (=among the commanding officers: Diod S 18, 61, 2; Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 21 §84) Ἰούδα Mt 2:6 et al. ἐν ἀνθρώποις among people (as Himerius, Or. 48 [14], 11; Just., A I, 23, 3, D. 64, 7) Lk 2:14; cp. Ac 4:12.
    ⓔ before, in the presence of, etc. (cp. Od. 2, 194; Eur., Andr. 359; Pla., Leg. 9, 879b; Demosth. 24, 207; Polyb. 5, 39, 6; Epict. 3, 22, 8; Appian, Maced. 18 §2 ἐν τοῖς φίλοις=in the presence of his friends; Sir 19:8; Jdth 6:2; PPetr. II, 4 [6], 16 [255/254 B.C.] δινὸν γάρ ἐστιν ἐν ὄχλῳ ἀτιμάζεσθαι=before a crowd) σοφίαν λαλοῦμεν ἐν τοῖς τελείοις in the presence of mature (i.e. spiritually sophisticated) adults 1 Cor 2:6 (cp. Simplicius in Epict. p. 131, 20 λέγειν τὰ θεωρήματα ἐν ἰδιώταις). ἐν τ. ὠσὶν ὑμῶν in your hearing Lk 4:21 (cp. Judg 17:2; 4 Km 23:2; Bar 1:3f), where the words can go linguistically just as well w. πεπλήρωται as w. ἡ γραφὴ αὕτη (this passage of scripture read in your hearing). ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖς τινος in someone’s eyes, i.e. judgment (Wsd 3:2; Sir 8:16; Jdth 3:4; 12:14; 1 Macc 1:12) Mt 21:42 (Ps 117:23). ἔν τινι in the same mng. as early as Trag. (Soph., Oed. C. 1213 ἐν ἐμοί=in my judgment, Ant. 925 ἐν θεοῖς καλά; also Pla., Prot. 337b; 343c) ἐν ἐμοί 1 Cor 14:11; possibly J 3:21 (s. 4c below) and Jd 1 belong here.—In the ‘forensic’ sense ἔν τινι can mean in someone’s court or forum (Soph., Ant. 459; Pla., Gorg. 464d, Leg. 11, 916b; Ael. Aristid. 38, 3 K.=7 p. 71 D.; 46 p. 283, 334 D.; Diod S 19, 51, 4; Ps.-Heraclit., Ep. 4, 6; but in several of these pass. the mng. does not go significantly beyond ‘in the presence of’ [s. above]) ἐν ὑμῖν 1 Cor 6:2 ( by you is also tenable; s. 6 below).
    ⓕ esp. to describe certain processes, inward: ἐν ἑαυτῷ to himself, i.e. in silence, διαλογίζεσθαι Mk 2:8; Lk 12:17; διαπορεῖν Ac 10:17; εἰδέναι J 6:61; λέγειν Mt 3:9; 9:21; Lk 7:49; εἰπεῖν 7:39 al.; ἐμβριμᾶσθαι J 11:38.
    ② marker of a state or condition, in
    ⓐ of being clothed and metaphors assoc. with such condition in, with (Hdt. 2, 159; X., Mem. 3, 11, 4; Diod S 1, 12, 9; Herodian 2, 13, 3; Jdth 10:3; 1 Macc 6:35; 2 Macc 3:33) ἠμφιεσμένον ἐν μαλακοῖς dressed in soft clothes Mt 11:8. περιβάλλεσθαι ἐν ἱματίοις Rv 3:5; 4:4. ἔρχεσθαι ἐν ἐνδύμασι προβάτων come in sheep’s clothing Mt 7:15. περιπατεῖν ἐν στολαῖς walk about in long robes Mk 12:38 (Tat. 2, 1 ἐν πορφυρίδι περιπατῶν); cp. Ac 10:30; Mt 11:21; Lk 10:13. ἐν λευκοῖς in white (Artem. 2, 3; 4, 2 ἐν λευκοῖς προϊέναι; Epict. 3, 22, 1) J 20:12; Hv 4, 2, 1. Prob. corresp. ἐν σαρκί clothed in flesh (cp. Diod S 1, 12, 9 deities appear ἐν ζῴων μορφαῖς) 1 Ti 3:16; 1J 4:2; 2J 7. ἐν πάσῃ τῇ δόξῃ αὐτοῦ in all his glory Mt 6:29 (cp. 1 Macc 10:86). ἐν τ. δόξῃ τοῦ πατρός clothed in his Father’s glory 16:27; cp. 25:31; Mk 8:38; Lk 9:31.
    ⓑ of other states and conditions (so freq. w. γίνομαι, εἰμί; Attic wr.; PPetr II, 11 [1], 8 [III B.C.] γράφε, ἵνα εἰδῶμεν ἐν οἷς εἶ; 39 [g], 16; UPZ 110, 176 [164 B.C.] et al.; LXX; Just., A I, 13, 2 πάλιν ἐν ἀφθαρσίᾳ γενέσθαι; 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι; Tat. 20, 1f οὐκ ἔστι γὰρ ἄπειρος ὁ οὐρανός, … πεπερασμένος δὲ καὶ ἐν τέρματι; Mel., HE 4, 26, 6 ἐν … λεηλασίᾳ ‘plundering’): ὑπάρχων ἐν βασάνοις Lk 16:23. ἐν τῷ θανάτῳ 1J 3:14. ἐν ζωῇ Ro 5:10. ἐν τοῖς δεσμοῖς Phlm 13 (Just., A II, 2, 11 ἐν δ. γενέσθαι). ἐν πειρασμοῖς 1 Pt 1:6; ἐν πολλοῖς ὢν ἀστοχήμασι AcPlCor 2:1. ἐν ὁμοιώματι σαρκός Ro 8:3. ἐν πολλῷ ἀγῶνι 1 Th 2:2. ἐν φθορᾷ in a state of corruptibility 1 Cor 15:42. ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ἔχειν 2 Cor 10:6 (cp. PEleph 10, 7 [223/222 B.C.] τ. λοιπῶν ἐν ἑτοίμῳ ὄντων; PGen 76, 8; 3 Macc 5:8); ἐν ἐκστάσει in a state of trance Ac 11:5 (opp. Just., D, 115, 3 ἐν καταστάσει ὤν). Of qualities: ἐν πίστει κ. ἀγάπῃ κ. ἁγιασμῷ 1 Ti 2:15; ἐν κακίᾳ καὶ φθόνῳ Tit 3:3; ἐν πανουργίᾳ 2 Cor 4:2; ἐν εὐσεβείᾳ καὶ σεμνότητι 1 Ti 2:2; ἐν τῇ ἀνοχῇ τοῦ θεοῦ Ro 3:26; ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7; ἐν δόξῃ Phil 4:19.
    ③ marker of extension toward a goal that is understood to be within an area or condition, into: ἐν is somet. used w. verbs of motion where εἰς would normally be expected (Diod S 23, 8, 1 Ἄννων ἐπέρασε ἐν Σικελίᾳ; Hero I 142, 7; 182, 4; Paus. 7, 4, 3 διαβάντες ἐν τῇ Σάμῳ; Epict. 1, 11, 32; 2, 20, 33; Aelian, VH 4, 18; Vett. Val. 210, 26; 212, 6 al., s. index; Pel.-Leg. 1, 4; 5; 2, 1; PParis 10, 2 [145 B.C.] ἀνακεχώρηκεν ἐν Ἀλεξανδρείᾳ; POxy 294, 4; BGU 22, 13; Tob 5:5 BA; 1 Macc 10:43; TestAbr B 2 p. 106, 23=Stone p. 60 [s. on the LXX Thackeray 25]; πέμψον αὐτοὺς ἐν πολέμῳ En 10:9; TestAbr A 6 p. 83, 22 [Stone p. 14] δάκρυα … ἐν τῷ νιπτῆρι πίπτοντα): εἰσέρχεσθαι Lk 9:46; Rv 11:11; ἀπάγειν GJs 6:1; ἀνάγειν 7:1; εἰσάγειν 10:1; καταβαίνειν J 5:3 (4) v.l.; ἀναβαίνειν GJs 22:13; ἀπέρχεσθαι (Diod S 23, 18, 5) Hs 1:6; ἥκειν GJs 5:1; ἀποστέλλειν 25:1. To be understood otherwise: ἐξῆλθεν ὁ λόγος ἐν ὅλῃ τῇ Ἰουδαίᾳ the word went out = spread in all Judaea Lk 7:17; likew. 1 Th 1:8. The metaphorical expr. ἐπιστρέψαι ἀπειθεῖς ἐν φρονήσει δικαίων turn the disobedient to the wisdom of the righteous Lk 1:17 is striking but consistent w. the basic sense of ἐν. S. also γίνομαι, δίδωμι, ἵστημι, καλέω, and τίθημι. ἐν μέσῳ among somet. answers to the question ‘whither’ (B-D-F §215, 3) Mt 10:16; Lk 10:3; 8:7.
    ④ marker of close association within a limit, in
    ⓐ fig., of pers., to indicate the state of being filled w. or gripped by someth.: in someone=in one’s innermost being ἐν αὐτῷ κατοικεῖ πᾶν τὸ πλήρωμα in him dwells all the fullness Col 2:9. ἐν αὐτῷ ἐκτίσθη τὰ πάντα (prob. to be understood as local, not instrumental, since ἐν αὐ. would otherwise be identical w. διʼ αὐ. in the same vs.) everything was created in association with him 1:16 (cp. M. Ant. 4, 23 ἐν σοὶ πάντα; Herm. Wr. 5, 10; AFeuillet, NTS 12, ’65, 1–9). ἐν τῷ θεῷ κέκρυπται ἡ ζωὴ ὑμῶν your life is hid in God 3:3; cp. 2:3. Of sin in humans Ro 7:17f; cp. κατεργάζεσθαι vs. 8. Of Christ who, as a spiritual being, fills people so as to be in charge of their lives 8:10; 2 Cor 13:5, abides J 6:56, lives Gal 2:20, and takes form 4:19 in them. Of the divine word: οὐκ ἔστιν ἐν ἡμῖν 1J 1:10; μένειν ἔν τινι J 5:38; ἐνοικεῖν Col 3:16. Of God’s spirit: οἰκεῖν (ἐνοικεῖν) ἔν τινι Ro 8:9, 11; 1 Cor 3:16; 2 Ti 1:14. Of spiritual gifts 1 Ti 4:14; 2 Ti 1:6. Of miraculous powers ἐνεργεῖν ἔν τινι be at work in someone Mt 14:2; Mk 6:14; ποιεῖν ἔν τινι εὐάρεστον Hb 13:21. The same expr. of God or evil spirits, who somehow work in people: 1 Cor 12:6; Phil 2:13; Eph 2:2 al.
    ⓑ of the whole, w. which the parts are closely joined: μένειν ἐν τῇ ἀμπέλῳ remain in the vine J 15:4. ἐν ἑνὶ σώματι μέλη πολλὰ ἔχομεν in one body we have many members Ro 12:4. κρέμασθαι ἔν τινι depend on someth. Mt 22:40.
    ⓒ esp. in Paul. or Joh. usage, to designate a close personal relation in which the referent of the ἐν-term is viewed as the controlling influence: under the control of, under the influence of, in close association with (cp. ἐν τῷ Δαυιδ εἰμί 2 Km 19:44): of Christ εἶναι, μένειν ἐν τῷ πατρί (ἐν τῷ θεῷ) J 10:38; 14:10f (difft. CGordon, ‘In’ of Predication or Equivalence: JBL 100, ’81, 612f); and of Christians 1J 3:24; 4:13, 15f; be or abide in Christ J 14:20; 15:4f; μένειν ἐν τῷ υἱῷ καὶ ἐν τῷ πατρί 1J 2:24. ἔργα ἐν θεῷ εἰργασμένα done in communion with God J 3:21 (but s. 1e above).—In Paul the relation of the individual to Christ is very oft. expressed by such phrases as ἐν Χριστῷ, ἐν κυρίῳ etc., also vice versa (FNeugebauer, NTS 4, ’57/58, 124–38; AWedderburn, JSNT 25, ’85, 83–97) ἐν ἐμοὶ Χριστός Gal 2:20, but here in the sense of a above.—See, e.g., Dssm., D. ntl. Formel ‘in Christo Jesu’ 1892; EWeber, D. Formel ‘in Chr. Jesu’ u. d. paul. Christusmystik: NKZ 31, 1920, 213ff; LBrun, Zur Formel ‘in Chr. Jesus’ im Phil: Symbolae Arctoae 1, 1922, 19–37; MHansen, Omkring Paulus-Formeln ‘i Kristus’: TK 4/10, 1929, 135–59; HBöhlig, ʼΕν κυρίῳ: GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 170–75; OSchmitz, D. Christusgemeinschaft d. Pls2 ’56; AWikenhauser, D. Christusmystik d. Pls2 ’56; KMittring, Heilswirklichkeit b. Pls; Beitrag z. Verständnis der unio cum Christo in d. Plsbriefen 1929; ASchweitzer, D. Mystik d. Ap. Pls 1930 (Eng. tr., WMontgomery, The Myst. of Paul the Ap., ’31); WSchmauch, In Christus ’35; BEaston, Pastoral Ep. ’47, 210f; FBüchsel, ‘In Chr.’ b. Pls: ZNW 42, ’49, 141–58. Also HKorn, D. Nachwirkungen d. Christusmystik d. Pls in den Apost. Vätern, diss. Berlin 1928; EAndrews, Interpretation 6, ’52, 162–77; H-LParisius, ZNW 49, ’58, 285–88 (10 ‘forensic’ passages); JAllan, NTS 5, ’58/59, 54–62 (Eph), ibid. 10, ’63, 115–21 (pastorals); FNeugebauer, In Christus, etc. ’61; MDahl, The Resurrection of the Body ( 1 Cor 15) ’62, 110–13.—Paul has the most varied expressions for this new life-principle: life in Christ Ro 6:11, 23; love in Christ 8:39; grace, which is given in Christ 1 Cor 1:4; freedom in Chr. Gal 2:4; blessing in Chr. 3:14; unity in Chr. vs. 28. στήκειν ἐν κυρίῳ stand firm in the Lord Phil 4:1; εὑρεθῆναι ἐν Χ. be found in Christ 3:9; εἶναι ἐν Χ. 1 Cor 1:30; οἱ ἐν Χ. Ro 8:1.—1 Pt 5:14; κοιμᾶσθαι ἐν Χ., ἀποθνῄσκειν ἐν κυρίῳ 1 Cor 15:18.—Rv 14:13; ζῳοποιεῖσθαι 1 Cor 15:22.—The formula is esp. common w. verbs that denote a conviction, hope, etc. πεποιθέναι Gal 5:10; Phil 1:14; 2 Th 3:4. παρρησίαν ἔχειν Phlm 8. πέπεισμαι Ro 14:14. ἐλπίζειν Phil 2:19. καύχησιν ἔχειν Ro 15:17; 1 Cor 15:31. τὸ αὐτὸ φρονεῖν Phil 4:2. ὑπακούειν Eph 6:1. λαλεῖν 2 Cor 2:17; 12:19. ἀλήθειαν λέγειν Ro 9:1. λέγειν καὶ μαρτύρεσθαι Eph 4:17. But also apart fr. such verbs, in numerous pass. it is used w. verbs and nouns of the most varied sort, often without special emphasis, to indicate the scope within which someth. takes place or has taken place, or to designate someth. as being in close assoc. w. Christ, and can be rendered, variously, in connection with, in intimate association with, keeping in mind ἁγιάζεσθαι 1 Cor 1:2, or ἅγιος ἐν Χ. Phil 1:1; ἀσπάζεσθαί τινα 1 Cor 16:19. δικαιοῦσθαι Gal 2:17. κοπιᾶν Ro 16:12. παρακαλεῖν 1 Th 4:1. προσδέχεσθαί τινα Ro 16:2; Phil 2:29. χαίρειν 3:1; 4:4, 10. γαμηθῆναι ἐν κυρίῳ marry in the Lord=marry a Christian 1 Cor 7:39. προϊστάμενοι ὑμῶν ἐν κυρίῳ your Christian leaders (in the church) 1 Th 5:12 (but s. προί̈στημι 1 and 2).—εὐάρεστος Col 3:20. νήπιος 1 Cor 3:1. φρόνιμος 4:10. παιδαγωγοί vs. 15. ὁδοί vs. 17. Hence used in periphrasis for ‘Christian’ οἱ ὄντες ἐν κυρίῳ Ro 16:11; ἄνθρωπος ἐν Χ. 2 Cor 12:2; αἱ ἐκκλησίαι αἱ ἐν Χ. Gal 1:22; 1 Th 2:14; νεκροὶ ἐν Χ. 4:16; ἐκλεκτός Ro 16:13. δόκιμος vs. 10. δέσμιος Eph 4:1. πιστὸς διάκονος 6:21; ἐν Χ. γεννᾶν τινα become someone’s parent in the Christian life 1 Cor 4:15. τὸ ἔργον μου ὑμεῖς ἐστε ἐν κυρίῳ 9:1.—The use of ἐν πνεύματι as a formulaic expression is sim.: ἐν πν. εἶναι be under the impulsion of the spirit, i.e. the new self, as opposed to ἐν σαρκί under the domination of the old self Ro 8:9; cp. ἐν νόμῳ 2:12. λαλεῖν speak under divine inspiration 1 Cor 12:3. ἐγενόμην ἐν πνεύματι I was in a state of inspiration Rv 1:10; 4:2; opp. ἐν ἑαυτῷ γενόμενος came to himself Ac 12:11 (cp. X., An. 1, 5, 17 et al.).—The expr. ἐν πν. εἶναι is also used to express the idea that someone is under the special infl. of a good or even an undesirable spirit: Mt 22:43; Mk 12:36; Lk 2:27; 1 Cor 12:3; Rv 17:3; 21:10. ἄνθρωπος ἐν πν. ἀκαθάρτῳ (ὤν) Mk 1:23 (s. GBjörck, ConNeot 7, ’42, 1–3).—ἐν τῷ πονηρῷ κεῖσθαι be in the power of the evil one 1J 5:19. οἱ ἐν νόμῳ those who are subject to the law Ro 3:19. ἐν τῷ Ἀδὰμ ἀποθνῄσκειν die because of a connection w. Adam 1 Cor 15:22.—On the formula ἐν ὀνόματι (Χριστοῦ) s. ὄνομα 1, esp. dγג. The OT is the source of the expr. ὀμνύναι ἔν τινι swear by someone or someth. (oft. LXX) Mt 5:34ff; 23:16, 18ff; Rv 10:6; παραγγέλλομέν σοι ἐν Ἰησοῦ Ac 19:14 v.l. The usage in ὁμολογεῖν ἔν τινι acknowledge someone Mt 10:32; Lk 12:8 (s. ὁμολογέω 4b) is Aramaic.
    ⑤ marker introducing means or instrument, with, a construction that begins w. Homer (many examples of instrumental ἐν in Radermacher’s edition of Ps.-Demetr., Eloc. p. 100; Reader, Polemo p. 258) but whose wide currency in our lit. is partly caused by the infl. of the LXX, and its similarity to the Hebr. constr. w. בְּ (B-D-F §219; Mlt. 104; Mlt-H. 463f; s. esp. M-M p. 210).
    ⓐ it can serve to introduce persons or things that accompany someone to secure an objective: ‘along with’
    α. pers., esp. of a military force, w. blending of associative (s. 4) and instrumental idea (1 Macc 1:17; 7:14, 28 al.): ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ὑπαντῆσαι meet, w. 10,000 men Lk 14:31 (cp. 1 Macc 4:6, 29 συνήντησεν αὐτοῖς Ἰούδας ἐν δέκα χιλιάσιν ἀνδρῶν). ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσιν αὐτοῦ Jd 14 (cp. Jdth 16:3 ἦλθεν ἐν μυριάσι δυνάμεως αὐτοῦ).
    β. impers. (oft. LXX; PTebt 41, 5 [c. 119 B.C.]; 16, 14 [114 B.C.]; 45, 17 al., where people rush into the village or the house ἐν μαχαίρῃ, ἐν ὅπλοις). (Just., D. 86, 6 τῆς ἀξίνης, ἐν ἧ πεπορευμένοι ἦσαν … κόψαι ξύλα) ἐν ῥάβδῳ ἔρχεσθαι come with a stick (as a means of discipline) 1 Cor 4:21 (cp. Lucian, Dial. Mort. 23, 3 Ἑρμῆν καθικόμενον ἐν τῇ ῥάβδῳ; Gen 32:11; 1 Km 17:43; 1 Ch 11:23; Dssm., B 115f [BS 120]). ἐν πληρώματι εὐλογίας with the full blessing Ro 15:29. ἐν τῇ βασιλείᾳ αὐτοῦ Mt 16:28. ἐν αἵματι Hb 9:25 (cp. Mi 6:6). ἐν τῷ ὕδατι καὶ ἐν τῷ αἵματι 1J 5:6. ἐν πνεύματι καὶ δυνάμει τοῦ Ἠλίου equipped w. the spirit and power of Elijah Lk 1:17. φθάνειν ἐν τῷ εὐαγγελίῳ come with the preaching of the gospel 2 Cor 10:14. μὴ ἐν ζύμῃ παλαιᾷ not burdened w. old leaven 1 Cor 5:8.
    ⓑ it can serve to express means or instrumentality in terms of location for a specific action (cp. TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 5f [Stone p. 30] κρατῶν ἐν τῇ χειρὶ αὐτοῦ ζυγόν; Tat. 9, 2 οἱ ἐν τοῖς πεσσοῖς ἀθύροντες ‘those who play w. gaming pieces’ [as, e.g., in backgammon]): κατακαίειν ἐν πυρί Rv 17:16 (cp. Bar 1:2; 1 Esdr 1:52; 1 Macc 5:5 al.; as early as Il. 24, 38; cp. POxy 2747, 74; Aelian, HA 14, 15. Further, the ἐν Rv 17:16 is not textually certain). ἐν ἅλατι ἁλίζειν, ἀρτύειν Mt 5:13; Mk 9:50; Lk 14:34 (s. M-M p. 210; WHutton, ET 58, ’46/47, 166–68). ἐν τῷ αἵματι λευκαίνειν Rv 7:14. ἐν αἵματι καθαρίζειν Hb 9:22. ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ ἀποκτείνειν kill with the sword Rv 6:8 (1 Esdr 1:50; 1 Macc 2:9; cp. 3:3; Jdth 16:4; ἀπολεῖ ἐν ῥομφαίᾳ En 99:16; 4 [6] Esdr [POxy 1010] ἐν ῥ. πεσῇ … πεσοῦνται ἐν μαχαίρῃ; cp. Lucian, Hist. Conscrib. 12 ἐν ἀκοντίῳ φονεύειν). ἐν μαχαίρῃ πατάσσειν Lk 22:49 (διχοτομήσατε … ἐν μ. GrBar 16:3); ἐν μ. ἀπόλλυσθαι perish by the sword Mt 26:52. ποιμαίνειν ἐν ῥάβδῳ σιδηρᾷ Rv 2:27; 12:5; 19:15 (s. ποιμαίνω 2aγ and cp. PGM 36, 109). καταπατεῖν τι ἐν τοῖς ποσίν tread someth. w. the feet Mt 7:6 (cp. Sir 38:29). δύο λαοὺς βλέπω ἐν τοῖς ὀφθαλμοῖς μου I see two peoples with my eyes GJs 17:2 (ἐν ὀφθαλμοῖσιν ὀρᾶν=see with the eyes: cp. Il. 1, 587; Od. 8, 459; Callinus [VII B.C.], Fgm. 1, 20 Diehl2). ποιεῖν κράτος ἐν βραχίονι do a mighty deed w. one’s arm Lk 1:51 (cp. Sir 38:30); cp. 11:20. δικαιοῦσθαι ἐν τῷ αἵματι be justified by the blood Ro 5:9. ἐν ἁγιασμῷ πνεύματος 2 Th 2:13; 1 Pt 1:2; ἐν τ. παρακλήσει 2 Cor 7:7. εὐλογεῖν ἐν εὐλογίᾳ Eph 1:3. λαλοῦντες ἑαυτοῖς ἐν ψάλμοις 5:19. ἀσπάσασθαι … ἐν εὐχῇ greet w. prayer GJs 24:1. Of intellectual process γινώσκειν ἔν τινι know or recognize by someth. (cp. Thuc. 7, 11, 1 ἐν ἐπιστολαῖς ἴστε; Sir 4:24; 11:28; 26:29) J 13:35; 1J 3:19; cp. ἐν τῇ κλάσει τοῦ ἄρτου in the breaking of bread Lk 24:35 (s. 10c).—The ἐν which takes the place of the gen. of price is also instrumental ἠγόρασας ἐν τῷ αἵματί σου Rv 5:9 (cp. 1 Ch 21:24 ἀγοράζω ἐν ἀργυρίῳ).—ἐν ᾧ whereby Ro 14:21.—The idiom ἀλλάσσειν, μεταλλάσσειν τι ἔν τινι exchange someth. for someth. else Ro 1:23, 25 (cp. Ps 105:20) is not un-Greek (Soph., Ant. 945 Danaë had to οὐράνιον φῶς ἀλλάξαι ἐν χαλκοδέτοις αὐλαῖς=change the heavenly light for brass-bound chambers).
    ⑥ marker of agency: with the help of (Diod S 19, 46, 4 ἐν τοῖς μετέχουσι τοῦ συνεδρίου=with the help of the members of the council; Philostrat., Vi. Apoll. 7, 9 p. 259, 31 ἐν ἐκείνῳ ἑαλωκότες) ἐν τῷ ἄρχοντι τ. δαιμονίων ἐκβάλλει τὰ δαιμόνια Mt 9:34. ἐν ἑτερογλώσσοις λαλεῖν 1 Cor 14:21. κρίνειν τ. οἰκουμένην ἐν ἀνδρί Ac 17:31 (cp. SIG2 850, 8 [173/172 B.C.] κριθέντω ἐν ἄνδροις τρίοις; Synes., Ep. 91 p. 231b ἐν ἀνδρί); perh. 1 Cor 6:2 (s. 1e); ἀπολύτρωσις ἐν Χρ. redemption through Christ Ro 3:24 (cp. ἐν αὐτῷ σωθήσεσθε Just., A I, 60, 3).
    ⑦ marker of circumstance or condition under which someth. takes place: ἐν ᾧ κρίνεις Ro 2:1 (but s. B-D-F §219, 2); ἐν ᾧ δοκιμάζει 14:22; ἐν ᾧ καυχῶνται 2 Cor 11:12; ἐν ᾧ τις τολμᾷ 11:21; ἐν ᾧ καταλαλοῦσιν whereas they slander 1 Pt 2:12, cp. 3:16 (on these Petrine pass. s. also ὅς 1k); ἐν ᾧ ξενίζονται in view of your changed attitude they consider it odd 4:4. ἐν ᾧ in 3:19 may similarly refer to a changed circumstance, i.e. from death to life (WDalton, Christ’s Proclamation to the Spirits, ’65, esp. 135–42: ‘in this sphere, under this influence’ [of the spirit]). Other possibilities: as far as this is concerned: πνεῦμα• ἐν ᾧ spirit; as which (FZimmermann, APF 11, ’35, 174 ‘meanwhile’ [indessen]; BReicke, The Disobedient Spirits and Christian Baptism, ’46, 108–15: ‘on that occasion’=when he died).—Before a substantive inf. (oft. LXX; s. KHuber, Unters. über den Sprachchar. des griech. Lev., diss. Zürich 1916, 83): in that w. pres. inf. (POxy 743, 35 [2 B.C.] ἐν τῷ δέ με περισπᾶσθαι οὐκ ἠδυνάσθην συντυχεῖν Ἀπολλωνίῳ; Just., D. 10, 3 ἐν τῷ μήτε σάββατα τηρεῖν μήτε …) βασανιζομένους ἐν τῷ ἐλαύνειν as they were having rough going in the waves=having a difficult time making headway Mk 6:48. ἐθαύμαζον ἐν τῷ χρονίζειν … αὐτόν they marveled over his delay Lk 1:21. ἐν τῷ τὴν χεῖρα ἐκτείνειν σε in that you extend your hand Ac 4:30; cp. 3:26; Hb 8:13. W. aor. inf. ἐν τῷ ὑποτάξαι αὐτῷ τὰ πάντα Hb 2:8. Somet. the circumstantial and temporal (s. 7 and 10) uses are so intermingled that it is difficult to decide between them; so in some of the pass. cited above, and also Hv 1, 1, 8 et al. (B-D-F §404, 3; Rob. 1073).—WHutton, Considerations for the Translation of ἐν, Bible Translator 9, ’58, 163–70; response by NTurner, ibid. 10, ’59, 113–20.—On ἐν w. article and inf. s. ISoisalon-Soininen, Die Infinitive in der LXX, ’65, 80ff.
    ⑧ marker denoting the object to which someth. happens or in which someth. shows itself, or by which someth. is recognized, to, by, in connection with: ζητεῖν τι ἔν τινι require someth. in the case of someone 1 Cor 4:2; cp. ἐν ἡμῖν μάθητε so that you might learn in connection w. us vs. 6. Cp. Phil 1:30. ἵνα οὕτως γένηται ἐν ἐμοί that this may be done in my case 1 Cor 9:15 (Just., D. 77, 3 τοῦτο γενόμενον ἐν τῷ ἡμετέρῳ Χριστῷ). ἐδόξαζον ἐν ἐμοὶ τὸν θεόν perh. they glorified God in my case Gal 1:24, though because of me and for me are also possible. μήτι ἐν ἐμοὶ ἀνεκεφαλαιώθη ἡ ἱστορία GJs 13:1 (s. ἀνακεφαλαιόω 1). ποιεῖν τι ἔν τινι do someth. to (with) someone (Epict., Ench. 33, 12; Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 18 μὴ ἑτεροῖόν τι ποιήσῃς ἐν ἐμοί; Gen 40:14; Jdth 7:24; 1 Macc 7:23) Mt 17:12; Lk 23:31. ἐργάζεσθαί τι ἔν τινι Mk 14:6. ἔχειν τι ἔν τινι have someth. in someone J 3:15 (but ἐν αὐτῷ is oft. constr. w. πιστεύων, cp. v.l.); cp. 14:30 (s. BNoack, Satanas u. Soteria ’48, 92). ἵνα δικαιοσύνης ναὸν ἐν τῷ ἰδίῳ σώματι ἀναδείξῃ AcPlCor 2:17 (s. ἀναδείκνυμι 1).—For the ordinary dat. (Diod S 3, 51, 4 ἐν ἀψύχῳ ἀδύνατον=it is impossible for a lifeless thing; Ael. Aristid. 49, 15 K.=25 p. 492 D.: ἐν Νηρίτῳ θαυμαστὰ ἐνεδείξατο=[God] showed wonderful things to N.; 53 p. 629 D.: οὐ γὰρ ἐν τοῖς βελτίστοις εἰσὶ παῖδες, ἐν δὲ πονηροτάτοις οὐκέτι=it is not the case that the very good have children, and the very bad have none [datives of possession]; 54 p. 653 D.: ἐν τ. φαύλοις θετέον=to the bad; EpJer 66 ἐν ἔθνεσιν; Aesop, Fab. 19, 8 and 348a, 5 v.l. Ch.) ἀποκαλύψαι τὸν υἱὸν αὐτοῦ ἐν ἐμοί Gal 1:16. φανερόν ἐστιν ἐν αὐτοῖς Ro 1:19 (Aesop 15c, 11 Ch. τ. φανερὸν ἐν πᾶσιν=evident to all). ἐν ἐμοὶ βάρβαρος (corresp. to τῷ λαλοῦντι βάρβ.) 1 Cor 14:11 (Amphis Com. [IV B.C.] 21 μάταιός ἐστιν ἐν ἐμοί). δεδομένον ἐν ἀνθρώποις Ac 4:12. θεῷ … ἐν ἀνθρώποις Lk 2:14.—Esp. w. verbs of striking against: προσκόπτω, πταίω, σκανδαλίζομαι; s. these entries.
    ⑨ marker of cause or reason, because of, on account of (PParis 28, 13=UPZ 48, 12f [162/161 B.C.] διαλυόμενοι ἐν τῷ λιμῷ; Ps 30:11; 1 Macc 16:3 ἐν τῷ ἐλέει; 2 Macc 7:29; Sir 33:17)
    ⓐ gener. ἁγιάζεσθαι ἔν τινι Hb 10:10; 1 Cor 7:14. ἐν τ. ἐπιθυμίαις τῶν καρδιῶν Ro 1:24; perh. ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα 9:7; Hb 11:18 (both Gen 21:12). ἐν τῇ πολυλογίᾳ αὐτῶν because of their many words Mt 6:7. ἐν τούτῳ πιστεύομεν this is the reason why we believe J 16:30; cp. Ac 24:16; 1 Cor 4:4 (Just., D. 68, 7 οὐχὶ καὶ ἐν τούτῳ δυσωπήσω ὑμᾶς μὴ πείθεσθαι τοῖς διδασκάλοις ὑμῶν=‘surely you will be convinced by this [argument] to lose confidence in your teachers, won’t you?’); perh. 2 Cor 5:2. Sim., of the occasion: ἔφυγεν ἐν τῷ λόγῳ τούτῳ at this statement Ac 7:29; cp. 8:6. W. attraction ἐν ᾧ = ἐν τούτῳ ὅτι for the reason that = because Ro 8:3; Hb 2:18; 6:17.
    ⓑ w. verbs that express feeling or emotion, to denote that toward which the feeling is directed; so: εὐδοκεῖν (εὐδοκία), εὐφραίνεσθαι, καυχᾶσθαι, χαίρειν et al.
    ⑩ marker of a period of time, in, while, when
    ⓐ indicating an occurrence or action within which, at a certain point, someth. occurs Mt 2:1. ἐν ταῖς ἡμέραις ἐκείναις 3:1. ἐν τῷ ἑξῆς afterward Lk 7:11. ἐν τῷ μεταξύ meanwhile (PTebt 72, 190; PFlor 36, 5) J 4:31. in the course of, within ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις (X., Ages. 1, 34; Diod S 13, 14, 2; 20, 83, 4; Arrian, Anab. 4, 6, 4 ἐν τρισὶν ἡμέραις; Aelian, VH 1, 6; IPriene 9, 29; GDI 1222, 4 [Arcadia] ἰν ἁμέραις τρισί; EpArist 24; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1:3 Jac.) Mt 27:40; J 2:19f.
    ⓑ point of time when someth. occurs ἐν ἡμέρᾳ κρίσεως Mt 11:22 (En 10:6; Just., D. 38, 2; Tat. 12, 4). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ ἡμέρᾳ J 6:44; 11:24; 12:48; cp. 7:37. ἐν ἐκείνῃ τῇ ὥρᾳ Mt 8:13; 10:19; cp. 7:22; J 4:53. ἐν σαββάτῳ 12:2; J 7:23. ἐν τῇ ἡμέρᾳ J 11:9 (opp. ἐν τῇ νυκτί vs. 10). ἐν τῷ δευτέρῳ on the second visit Ac 7:13. ἐν τῇ παλιγγενεσίᾳ in the new age Mt 19:28. ἐν τῇ παρουσίᾳ 1 Cor 15:23; 1 Th 2:19; 3:13; Phil 2:12 (here, in contrast to the other pass., there is no reference to the second coming of Christ.—Just., D. 31, 1 ἐν τῇ ἐνδόξῳ γινομένῃ αὐτοῦ παρουσίᾳ; 35, 8; 54, 1 al.); 1J 2:28. ἐν τῇ ἀναστάσει in the resurrection Mt 22:28; Mk 12:23; Lk 14:14; 20:33; J 11:24 (Just., D. 45, 2 ἐν τῇ τῶν νεκρῶν ἀναστάσει). ἐν τῇ ἐσχάτῃ σάλπιγγι at the last trumpet-call 1 Cor 15:52. ἐν τῇ ἀποκαλύψει at the appearance of Jesus/Christ (in the last days) 2 Th 1:7; 1 Pt 1:7, 13; 4:13.
    ⓒ to introduce an activity whose time is given when, while, during (Diod S 23, 12, 1 ἐν τοῖς τοιούτοις=in the case of this kind of behavior) ἐν τῇ προσευχῇ when (you) pray Mt 21:22. ἐν τῇ στάσει during the revolt Mk 15:7. ἐν τῇ διδαχῇ in the course of his teaching Mk 4:2; 12:38. If Lk 24:35 belongs here, the sense would be on the occasion of, when (but s. 5b). ἐν αὐτῷ in it (the preaching of the gospel) Eph 6:20. γρηγοροῦντες ἐν αὐτῇ (τῇ προσευχῇ) while you are watchful in it Col 4:2. Esp. w. the pres. inf. used substantively: ἐν τῷ σπείρειν while (he) sowed Mt 13:4; Mk 4:4; cp. 6:48 (s. 7 above and βασανίζω); ἐν τῷ καθεύδειν τοὺς ἀνθρώπους while people were asleep Mt 13:25; ἐν τῷ κατηγορεῖσθαι αὐτόν during the accusations against him 27:12. W. the aor. inf. the meaning is likewise when. Owing to the fundamental significance of the aor. the action is the focal point (s. Rob. 1073, opp. B-D-F §404) ἐν τῷ γενέσθαι τὴν φωνήν Lk 9:36. ἐν τῷ ἐπανελθεῖν αὐτόν 19:15. ἐν τῷ εἰσελθεῖν αὐτούς 9:34.—W. ἐν ᾦ while, as long as (Soph., Trach. 929; Cleanthes [IV/III B.C.] Stoic. I p. 135, 1 [Diog. L. 7, 171]; Demetr.: 722 Fgm. 1, 11 Jac.; Plut., Mor. 356c; Arrian, Anab. 6, 12, 1; Pamprepios of Panopolis [V A.D.] 1, 22 [ed. HGerstinger, SBWienAk 208/3, 1928]) Mk 2:19; Lk 5:34; 24:44 D; J 5:7.
    ⑪ marker denoting kind and manner, esp. functioning as an auxiliary in periphrasis for adverbs (Kühner-G. I 466): ἐν δυνάμει w. power, powerfully Mk 9:1; Ro 1:4; Col 1:29; 2 Th 1:11; ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ justly Ac 17:31; Rv 19:11 (cp. Just., A II, 4, 3 and D. 16, 3; 19, 2 ἐν δίκῃ). ἐν χαρᾷ joyfully Ro 15:32. ἐν ἐκτενείᾳ earnestly Ac 26:7. ἐν σπουδῇ zealously Ro 12:8. ἐν χάριτι graciously Gal 1:6; 2 Th 2:16. ἐν (πάσῃ) παρρησίᾳ freely, openly J 7:4; 16:29; Phil 1:20. ἐν πάσῃ ἀσφαλείᾳ Ac 5:23. ἐν τάχει (PHib 47, 35 [256 B.C.] ἀπόστειλον ἐν τάχει) Lk 18:8; Ro 16:20; Rv 1:1; 22:6. ἐν μυστηρίῳ 1 Cor 2:7 (belongs prob. not to σοφία, but to λαλοῦμεν: in the form of a secret; cp. Polyb. 23, 3, 4; 26, 7, 5; Just., D. 63, 2 Μωυσῆς … ἐν παραβολῇ λέγων; 68, 6 εἰρήμενον … ἐν μυστηρίῳ; Diod S 17, 8, 5 ἐν δωρεαῖς λαβόντες=as gifts; 2 Macc 4:30 ἐν δωρεᾷ=as a gift; Sir 26:3; Polyb. 28, 17, 9 λαμβάνειν τι ἐν φερνῇ). Of the norm: ἐν μέτρῳ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου μέρους acc. to the measure of each individual part Eph 4:16. On 1 Cor 1:21 s. AWedderburn, ZNW 64, ’73, 132–34.
    ⑫ marker of specification or substance: w. adj. πλούσιος ἐν ἐλέει Eph 2:4; cp. Tit 2:3; Js 1:8.—of substance consisting in (BGU 72, 11 [191 A.D.] ἐξέκοψαν πλεῖστον τόπον ἐν ἀρούραις πέντε) τὸν νόμον τῶν ἐντολῶν ἐν δόγμασιν Eph 2:15. ἐν μηδενὶ λειπόμενοι Js 1:4 (contrast Just., A I, 67, 6 τοῖς ἐν χρείᾳ οὖσι). Hb 13:21a.— amounting to (BGU 970, 14=Mitt-Wilck. II/2, 242, 14f [177 A.D.] προσηνενκάμην αὐτῷ προοῖκα ἐν δραχμαῖς ἐννακοσίαις) πᾶσαν τὴν συγγένειαν ἐν ψυχαῖς ἑβδομήκοντα πέντε Ac 7:14.—Very rarely for the genitive (Philo Mech. 75, 29 τὸ ἐν τῷ κυλίνδρῳ κοίλασμα; EpArist 31 ἡ ἐν αὐτοῖς θεωρία = ἡ αὐτῶν θ.; cp. 29; Tat. 18, 1 πᾶν τὸ ἐν αὐτῇ εἶδος) ἡ δωρεὰ ἐν χάριτι the free gift in beneficence or grace Ro 5:15.—DELG. LfgrE s.v. ἐν col. 569 (lit. esp. early Greek). M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ἐν

  • 12 courir

    courir [kuʀiʀ]
    ➭ TABLE 11
    1. intransitive verb
       a. to run ; (Automobiles, cycling) to race
    • entrer/sortir en courant to run in/out
       b. ( = se précipiter) to rush
    • tu peux toujours courir ! (inf) you can whistle for it! (inf)
    • pour enlever les taches, tu peux toujours courir (inf) if you think you'll get rid of those stains you've got another think coming (inf)
    • les épinards, je ne cours pas après (inf) I'm not that keen on spinach
    • courir sur le système or le haricot à qn (inf!) to get on sb's nerves (inf)
       d. [nuages, reflets] to race ; [eau] to rush
       e. ( = se répandre) le bruit court que... rumour has it that...
    • laisse courir ! (inf) forget it! (inf)
       f. [intérêt] to accrue ; [bail] to run
    2. transitive verb
       a. (Sport) [+ épreuve] to compete in
       c. ( = parcourir) [+ magasins, bureaux] to go round
    • des gens comme lui, ça ne court pas les rues (inf) there aren't many like him
       d. ( = fréquenter) courir les filles to chase the girls
       e. ( = ennuyer) (inf!) courir qn to bug sb (inf!)
    * * *
    kuʀiʀ
    1.
    1) Sport to compete in [épreuve]

    courir la campagne/les océans/le monde — to roam the countryside/the oceans/the world

    faire courir un (grand) danger à quelqu'un/quelque chose — to put somebody/something in (serious) danger

    5) (colloq) ( chercher à séduire)

    courir les filles/garçons — to chase after girls/boys


    2.
    verbe intransitif
    1) gén [personne, animal] to run

    ‘va chercher ton frère’ - ‘j'y cours’ — ‘go and get your brother’ - ‘I'm going’

    les voleurs courent toujours — fig the thieves are still at large

    2) Sport ( à pied) [athlète, cheval] to run; (en vélo, voiture, moto) to race

    courir sur une balle — ( au tennis) to run for a ball

    3) ( se presser) [personne] to rush

    en courant — hastily, in a rush

    courir (tout droit) à la catastrophe/faillite — to be heading (straight) for disaster/bankruptcy

    courir après quelqu'un/quelque chose — gén to run after somebody/something; ( poursuivre) to chase after [voleur, gloire]

    s'il ne veut pas me voir je ne vais pas lui courir après — fig if he doesn't want to see me I'm not going to go chasing after him

    5) ( se mouvoir rapidement) [ruisseau] to rush ( dans through); [nuages, flammes] to race ( dans across)
    6) ( parcourir)

    courir le long de — [sentier] to run along; [veine] to run down

    7) ( se propager) [rumeur] to go around

    c'est un bruit qui court — it's a rumour [BrE]

    faire courir un bruit — to spread a rumour [BrE]

    8) ( être en vigueur) [intérêts] to accrue; [bail, contrat] to run ( jusqu'à to)

    le mois/l'année qui court — the current ou present month/year

    10) [navire] to run, to sail
    ••

    tu peux toujours courir! — (colloq) you can go whistle for it! (colloq)

    laisser courir — (colloq) to let things ride

    laisse courir! — (colloq) forget it!

    * * *
    kuʀiʀ
    1. vi
    1) (pour fuir, par jeu) to run

    Elle a traversé la rue en courant. — She ran across the street.

    courir après qn — to run after sb, to chase sb

    3) (se dépêcher) to rush

    Ça ne sert à rien de courir. — There's no point in rushing.

    4) [rumeurs] to go round
    5) COMMERCE, [intérêt] to accrue

    tu peux courir!; tu peux toujours courir! — you've got a hope!

    2. vt
    1) SPORT, [épreuve] to compete in
    2) [risque] to run, [danger] to face
    3)
    * * *
    courir verb table: courir
    A vtr
    1 Sport [athlète] to run (in) [épreuve, marathon]; [cycliste] to ride in [épreuve]; [pilote] to drive in [rallye, course]; [cheval] to run in [épreuve]; courir le relais/100 mètres to run (in) the relay/100 metresGB;
    2 ( parcourir en tous sens) courir la campagne/les océans/le monde to roam the countryside/the oceans/the world; j'ai couru tout Paris pour trouver ton cadeau I searched the whole of Paris for your present; courir les boutiques to go round the shops GB ou stores US;
    3 ( fréquenter) courir les cocktails/bals/théâtres to do the rounds of the cocktail parties/dances/theatresGB;
    4 ( s'exposer à) courir un (grand) danger to be in (great) danger; faire courir un (grand) danger à qn/qch to put sb/sth in (serious) danger; courir un (gros) risque to run a (big) risk; je ne veux courir aucun risque I don't want to run any risks; courir le risque de faire to run the risk of doing; faire courir un risque à qn to put sb at risk; c'est un risque à courir it's a risk one has to take;
    5 ◑( agacer) courir qn to get on sb's nerves ou wick○ GB; tu nous cours avec tes histoires! you're getting on our nerves with your stories!;
    6 ○( chercher à séduire) courir les filles/garçons to chase after girls/boys; ⇒ lièvre.
    B vi
    1 gén [personne, animal] to run; courir dans le couloir/dans les escaliers to run in the corridor/on the stairs; courir à travers champs/à travers bois to run across the fields/through the woods; courir vite ( ponctuellement) to run fast; ( en général) to be a fast runner; je ne cours pas vite I can't run very fast; ils courent tous les samedis ( en jogging) they go for a run ou go jogging every Saturday; sortir en courant to run out; se mettre à courir to start running; courir vers or à qn to run toward(s) sb; cours chercher de l'aide/ton père run and get help/your father; je cours leur dire/les prévenir I'll run and tell them/warn them; ‘va chercher ton frère’-‘j'y cours’ ‘go and get your brother’-‘I'm going’; tout le monde court voir leur spectacle everybody is rushing to see their show; qu'est-ce qui vous fait courir? fig what makes you tick○?; les voleurs courent toujours fig the thieves are still at large;
    2 Sport ( en athlétisme) to run; ( en cyclisme) to ride, to race; (en voiture, moto) to race; ( en équitation) to run; courir sur to race with [nom de marque]; to race on [nom de véhicule]; courir au grand prix du Japon to race in the Japanese Grand Prix; on court à Vincennes cet après-midi Turf there's a race meeting at Vincennes this afternoon; courir sur une balle ( au tennis) to run for a ball;
    3 ( se presser) [personne] to rush; j'ai couru toute la journée I've been rushing about all day; elle court sans arrêt she's always rushing about, she's always on the go; courir au secours de qn to rush to sb's aid; en courant hastily, in a rush; courir (tout droit) à la catastrophe/faillite to be heading (straight) for disaster/bankruptcy;
    4 ( chercher à rattraper) courir après qn/qch gén to run after sb/sth; ( poursuivre) to chase after sb/sth; ton chien m'a couru après your dog chased after me; courir après un voleur to chase after a thief; s'il ne veut pas me voir je ne vais pas lui courir après fig if he doesn't want to see me I'm not going to go chasing after him; ⇒ valoir;
    5 ( essayer d'obtenir) courir après qch to chase after sth; courir après les honneurs/le succès/la gloire to chase after honourGB/success/glory;
    6 ○( essayer de séduire) courir après qn to chase after sb; il te court après he's chasing after you;
    7 ○( apprécier) ne pas courir après qch not to be wild about sth○; le chou, je ne cours pas après I'm not wild about cabbage○;
    8 ( se mouvoir rapidement) [ruisseau, torrent] to rush, to run (dans through); [flammes] to run, to race; [nuages] to race (dans across); ses doigts courent sur le clavier his/her fingers race over the keyboard; ma plume court sur la feuille my pen is racing across the page; laisser courir sa plume or son stylo (sur le papier) to let one's pen run ou race across the page;
    9 ( parcourir) courir le long de [sentier] to run along [bois, pré]; [veine, varice] to run down [jambe]; les lignes qui courent sur la paume de la main the lines that run across the palm;
    10 ( se propager) [rumeur, bruit] to go around; il y a un bruit qui court à leur sujet there's a rumourGB going around about them; le bruit court que rumourGB has it (that), there's a rumourGB that; c'est un bruit qui court it's a rumourGB; faire courir un bruit to spread a rumourGB;
    11 ( être en vigueur) [intérêts] to accrue; [bail, contrat] to run (jusqu'à to);
    12 ( s'écouler) le mois/l'année qui court the current ou present month/year;
    13 Naut [navire] to run, to sail.
    C se courir vpr
    1 ( avoir lieu) [tiercé, course à pied] to be run; [course de voiture, moto] to take place;
    2 ( chercher à se rattraper) se courir après to chase (after) each other; arrêtez de vous courir après dans la maison! stop chasing each other around the house!;
    3 ○( se chercher) se courir après to look for each other.
    tu peux toujours courir○! you can go whistle for it○!; laisser courir○ to let things ride; laisse courir, tu vois bien qu'il le fait exprès forget it, can't you see he's doing it on purpose?; rien ne sert de courir il faut partir à point Prov slow and steady wins the race Prov.
    [kurir] verbe intransitif
    1. [généralement] to run
    [sportif, lévrier] to run, to race
    entrer/sortir/traverser en courant to run in/out/across
    monter/descendre l'escalier en courant to run up/down the stairs
    2. [se déplacer - nuée] to race along ou by ; [ - eau] to rush, to run
    3. [se précipiter] to rush, to run
    j'ai couru toute la journée I've been in a rush ou I've been run off my feet all day
    4. [se propager - rumeur, idée]
    le bruit court que... rumour has it that...
    5. [temps]
    6. [s'étendre]
    courir le long de [rivière, voie ferrée] to run ou to stretch along
    7. FINANCE [intérêt] to accrue
    laisse courir! drop it!, forget it!
    ————————
    [kurir] verbe transitif
    2. [sillonner - ville, mers] to roam, to rove
    quelqu'un comme ça, ça ne court pas les rues people like that are hard to come by
    3. [fréquenter] to go round
    courir les filles/les garçons to chase girls/boys
    courir la gueuse ou le guilledou ou la prétentaine (humoristique & vieilli) to go wenching
    4. [rechercher - honneurs, poste] to seek
    [encourir]
    [tenter]
    ————————
    courir à verbe plus préposition
    [faillite, désastre] to be heading for
    ————————
    courir après verbe plus préposition
    [rechercher]
    ————————
    courir sur verbe plus préposition
    [approcher de]
    ————————
    se courir verbe pronominal (emploi passif)

    Dictionnaire Français-Anglais > courir

  • 13 tamaa

    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] -kata tamaa
    [English Word] despair
    [Part of Speech] verb
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] -kata tamaa
    [English Word] give up hope
    [Part of Speech] verb
    [Derived Word] kata V, tamaa N
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] -kata tamaa
    [English Word] give up hope
    [Part of Speech] verb
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] -katisha tamaa
    [English Word] discourage
    [Part of Speech] verb
    [Class] causative
    [Swahili Example] hakuweza kumkatisha tamaa kabisa [Mun]
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] -katisha tamaa
    [English Word] dishearten
    [Part of Speech] verb
    [Class] causative
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] -ondoa tamaa
    [English Word] give up hope
    [Part of Speech] verb
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] -shika tamaa
    [English Word] live in hope
    [Part of Speech] verb
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] -tamaa
    [English Word] drive someone to despair
    [Part of Speech] verb
    [Swahili Example] hakuweza kumkatisha tamaa kabisa [Mun]
    [English Example] (s)he was not able to drive him into despair completely
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] tamaa
    [Swahili Plural] tamaa
    [English Word] ambition
    [English Plural] ambitions
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] tamaa
    [Swahili Plural] tamaa
    [English Word] avarice
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] tamaa
    [Swahili Plural] tamaa
    [English Word] coveted object
    [English Plural] coveted objects
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] tamaa
    [Swahili Plural] tamaa
    [English Word] desire
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    [Derived Word] Arabic
    [Swahili Example] wana [fanya] tamaa
    [English Example] they have desire
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] tamaa
    [Swahili Plural] tamaa
    [English Word] sexual desire
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] tamaa
    [Swahili Plural] tamaa
    [English Word] greed
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    [Swahili Example] tamaa ya mapesa
    [English Example] greed for money
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] tamaa
    [Swahili Plural] tamaa
    [English Word] hope
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    [Derived Word] Arabic
    [Swahili Example] uso wake umejaa fahari, tabasamu na tamaa [Moh], alijipa tamaa [Sul]
    [English Example] his/her face is full of glory, smile and hope
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] tamaa
    [Swahili Plural] tamaa
    [English Word] longing
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] tamaa
    [Swahili Plural] tamaa
    [English Word] lust
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    [Derived Word] Arabic
    [Swahili Example] walimtazama kwa tamaa lakini walisita [Mt], tamaa mbaya ilimwingia [Kez]
    [English Example] they looked at him/her with lust but they hesitated
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] tamaa
    [Swahili Plural] tamaa
    [English Word] striving
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    ------------------------------------------------------------
    [Swahili Word] tamaa
    [Swahili Plural] tamaa
    [English Word] yearning
    [Part of Speech] noun
    [Class] 9/10
    ------------------------------------------------------------

    Swahili-english dictionary > tamaa

  • 14 Bible words and phrases

    •• Библия, наряду с Шекспиром, – самый богатый источник английской идиоматики. Несмотря на обилие изданных, в основном в США, «новых вариантов» перевода Библии (среди них особенно популярны The New American Standard Bible, The Good News Bible и The Living Bible, стиль которых сильно облегчен, близок к разговорному и местами, на мой взгляд, просто ужасен), именно перевод, сделанный по заказу короля Якова I, оказал определяющее влияние на английский язык в Англии и в США. Как пишут авторы изданной журналом Reader’s Digest книги Success With Words, From colonial times until the 20th century, the King James Bible was the only book in many American households. Ниже приводятся некоторые слова и обороты библейского происхождения, часто встречающиеся в живой речи и публицистике на английском языке. Кстати, и у нас в советское время, в условиях атеистического режима, публицистика и даже выступления партийных лидеров не обходились без этой идиоматики (парадоксальным образом сейчас в устах наших лидеров и антикоммунистических публицистов нередки словосочетания, представляющие собой полные и частичные цитаты из Ленина).

    •• Начать, пожалуй, стоит с трех отрывков, известных каждому образованному (и не очень) жителю англоязычных стран. Это The Ten Commandments (Десять заповедей), The Lord’s Prayer (Молитва Господня) и знаменитая цитата из Книги Екклезиаста (Ecclesiastes). Привожу их с некоторыми сокращениями, оставляя то, что наиболее употребимо и что должен знать переводчик.
    •• 1. I am the Lord thy God, thou shalt have no other Gods before me. – Я Господь Бог твой, да не будет у тебя других богов перед лицом Моим;
    •• 2. Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image [...] – Не делай себе кумира (в современном русском языке чаще встречается церковно-славянский вариант: Не сотвори себе кумира);
    •• 3. Thou shalt not take the name of the Lord the God in vain. – Не произноси имени Господа, Бога твоего, напрасно (чаще – с церковно-славянским «вкраплением» – всуе);
    •• 4. Remember the sabbath day, keep it holy. Six days shalt thou labour, and do all thy work: But the seventh day is the sabbath of the Lord thy God. – Помни день субботний, чтобы святить его. Шесть дней работай, и делай всякие дела твои. А день седьмый – суббота Господу Богу твоему;
    •• 5. Honour thy father and thy mother: that thy days be long upon the land. – Почитай отца твоего и мать твою, чтобы продлились дни твои на земле (церковно-славянский вариант, иногда слегка контаминированный, более распространен: Чти отца твоего и матерь твою);
    •• 6. Thou shalt not kill. – Не убивай (чаще, конечно, церковно-славянское: Не убий);
    •• 7. Thou shalt not commit adultery. – Не прелюбодействуй;
    •• 8. Thou shalt not steal. – Не кради (церковно-славянское: Не укради);
    •• 9. Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbour. – Не произноси ложного свидетельства на ближнего твоего;
    •• 10. Thou shalt not covet thy neighbour’s house, thou shalt not covet thy neighbour’s wife [...] – Не желай дома ближнего твоего; не желай жены ближнего твоего... (в церковно-славянском: не пожелай).
    •• The Lord’s Prayer (Matthew 6:11):
    •• Our Father which art in heaven, hallowed be Thy name. Thy kingdom come. Thy will be done on earth as it is in heaven. Give us this day our daily bread. And forgive us our debts, as we forgive our debtors. And lead us not into temptation, but deliver us from evil: For thine is the kingdom, and the power, and the glory, for ever. Amen.
    •• Отче наш, сущий на небесах (церковно-славянское: иже еси на небесех)! да святится имя Твое; да приидет Царствие Твое; да будет воля Твоя на земле, как на небе; хлеб наш насущный дай нам на сей день (церковно-славянское: даждь нам днесь); и прости нам долги наши, как (церковно-славянское: яко же) и мы прощаем должникам нашим; и не введи нас во искушение, но избавь (церковно-славянское: избави) нас от лукавого; ибо Твое есть Царство и сила и слава во веки. Аминь.
    •• Незабываемый для меня момент женевской встречи на высшем уровне 1985 года – обед в советском представительстве, во время которого М.С.Горбачев в приветственном тосте довольно точно процитировал Книгу Екклезиаста. Интересно, что никто не проявил удивления, внешне, во всяком случае. Наступали новые времена. Привожу полностью английский и русский текст часто цитируемого библейского отрывка – слова необычайной красоты и мудрости.
    •• To every thing there is a season, and a time to every purpose under the heaven. – Всему свое время, и время всякой вещи под небом.
    •• A time to be born, and a time to die; a time to plant, and a time to pluck up that which is planted. – Время рождаться, и время умирать; время насаждать, и время вырывать посаженное;
    •• A time to kill, and a time to heal; a time to break down, and a time to build up. – Время убивать, и время врачевать; время разрушать, и время строить;
    •• A time to weep, and a time to laugh; a time to mourn, and a time to dance. – Время плакать, и время смеяться; время сетовать, и время плясать;
    •• A time to cast away stones, and a time to gather stones together; a time to embrace, and a time to refrain from embracing. – Время разбрасывать камни, и время собирать камни; время обнимать, и время уклоняться от объятий;
    •• A time to get, and a time to lose; a time to keep, and a time to cast away. – Время искать, и время терять; время сберегать, и время бросать;
    •• A time to rend, and a time to sew; a time to keep silence, and a time to speak. – Время раздирать, и время сшивать; время молчать, и время говорить;
    •• A time to love, and a time to hate; a time of war, and a time of peace. – Время любить, и время ненавидеть; время войне, и время миру.
    •• Не делая попытки дать даже беглый обзор всего богатства библейской фразеологии, встречающейся в литературе, прессе и речи американцев и англичан, приведу частичный перечень выражений, которые, на мой взгляд, хорошо бы знать и по-русски и по-английски:
    •• to be all things to all men – быть «всем для всех». Часто употребляется с намеком на двуличие, политическую хитрость. Но в переводе, особенно устном, когда нет времени проанализировать политические нюансы, не следует спешить с такой «обвинительной интерпретацией» этой фразы, поскольку она может подразумевать нечто более безобидное и во всяком случае вполне понятное: стремление политика, любого человека всем угодить, всем понравиться. Вот обнаруженный мной на сайте www.wahyan.com пример именно такого использования этого фразеологизма: In many ways, Fr. Zee is a celebrity of sorts in the best Jesuit tradition of “All things to all Men.” – Во многих отношениях брат Зи – это своего рода знаменитость в лучших традициях тех иезуитов, которые стремятся «быть всем для всех»/в лучших, подвижнических традициях Ордена иезуитов;
    •• the apple of one’s eye – в Библии: зеница ока. В обыденном словоупотреблении: самое дорогое, любимое детище;
    •• a beam in one’s own eye – бревно в собственном глазу. По-английски то, что мы называем в ставшей поговоркой фразе сучком или соломинкой, называется в соответствии с библейским текстом a mote (in thy brother’s eye);
    •• man shall not live by bread alone – в русском словоупотреблении своеобразная смесь церковно-славянского и современного вариантов: не хлебом единым жив человек;
    •• render unto Caesar the things that are Caesar’s, and unto God the things that are God’s – аналогичный случай смешения в поговорке церковно-славянского и современного русского вариантов библейского текста: отдайте кесарю кесарево, а Богу – Богово;
    •• the golden calf – золотой/златой телец (т.е. власть денег, «желтого дьявола»). Большинство читателей, наверное, не догадывались, что в названии знаменитого романа Ильфа и Петрова – библейская аллюзия;
    •• to turn the other cheek – подставить другую щеку. В Ветхом Завете – противоположный принцип: eye for eye, tooth for tooth (в современном английском an eye for an eye, a tooth for a tooth) - око за око, зуб за зуб;
    •• faith, hope, charity (иногда вариант faith, hope, love) – вера, надежда, любовь;
    •• Colossus with feet of clay – колосс на глиняных ногах;
    •• filthy lucre – «презренный металл», корыстолюбие. Раньше имело значение грязные деньги, сейчас употребляется главным образом иронически – в наше время не так много людей, презирающих деньги;
    •• a fly in the ointment – в Библии: муха в бальзаме. В обиходной речи: ложка дегтя в бочке меда;
    •• forbidden fruit – запретный плод;
    •• holier than thou – библейская цитата вышла из употребления, но любопытные могут справиться в Книге Пророка Исайи (65:5). В современной английской речи употребляется как прилагательное в значении высокомерный, ханжеский, лицемерный.
    •• В своих интересных статьях о библеизмах Т.П.Клюкина отмечает, что вместо holier могут употребляться другие прилагательные, причем коннотация выражения сохраняется. Судя по обнаруженным мною примерам, это – как правило, хотя и не всегда – коннотация некоторого морального или иного превосходства над другими. (Об интересном исследовании психологов из Корнельского университета рассказала телесеть «Эй-би-си». Они установили, что ощущение своего морального превосходства свойственно всем нам: People see themselves as being fairer, more altruistic, more self-sacrificing, more moral than most others. In short, most of us think we really are “holier than thou,” although we may not be willing to admit it. [...] There is just one problem. Most of us can’t be above average. [...] So if most people see themselves as better than the average person, they have to be making one of two mistakes: Either they think they’re a lot better than they really are, or those other folks out there aren’t as bad as they seem. Есть о чем задуматься.) Но и при хорошем понимании подтекста не всегда легко найти адекватный перевод. Вот, например, заголовок рецензии на книги по проблемам экологии и политики в газете «Нью-Йорк таймс»: Greener Than Thou – «Экология с претензией на истину в последней инстанции». Другой пример – с сайта zdnet.com: Intel has been coping a ‘mightier-than-thou’ attitude for far too long. – «Интел» слишком долго кичится своим воображаемым превосходством. Несколько иная коннотация – своего рода конкуренция, попытка «бежать впереди паровоза» – в названии нашумевшей в 1970-х годах статьи Пола Сибери о епископальной церкви в США Trendier Than Thou: The Episcopal Church and the Secular World. Я бы предложил следующий перевод: «В погоне за интеллектуальной модой. Епископальная церковь и общество».
    •• at the eleventh hour – широко распространено в прессе и в разговорной речи, смысл: в последний момент;
    •• a house divided (against itself) – далее в Библии: cannot stand. Дом, разделившийся сам в себе, не устоит. В сознании американцев ассоциируется со знаменитой речью Линкольна 16 июня 1858 года. Слова a house divided в современной речи означают раскол, губительные непримиримые противоречия;
    •• the fat years and the lean years – годы изобилия и годы лишений. А если проще – хорошие годы и плохие годы, «взлеты и падения».
    •• the massacre/slaughter of the innocent – избиение младенцев (я благодарен Т.П.Клюкиной, которая обратила мое внимание на то, что в то время как в английском языке это выражение имеет трагическую окраску, в русском словоупотреблении – скорее ироническую);
    •• the land flowing with [the land of] milk and honey – земля, где течет молоко и мед («молочные реки, кисельные берега»);
    •• the promised land – земля обетованная;
    •• a mess of pottage – чечевичная похлебка;
    •• out of the mouths of babes and sucklings – библейский вариант: из уст младенцев и грудных детей. В современном русском устами младенцев (глаголет истина);
    •• Physician, heal thyself – по-русски – в церковно-славянском варианте: Врачу, исцелися сам;
    •• the powers that be – в русском тексте Библии: существующие власти. В политических и других современных текстах переводится власти предержащие, сильные мира сего. В современном русском переводе Библии: высшие власти;
    •• Seek, and ye shall find – ищите и обрящете (вновь церковно-славянский вариант);
    •• vanity of vanities (далее в Екклезиасте: All is vanity and vexation of spirit) – Суета сует. Всё – суета и томление духа;
    •• voice (of one) crying in the wilderness – глас вопиющего в пустыне;
    •• the writing on the wall – из библейской легенды о письменах на стене во время Валтасарова пира (см. Книгу Пророка Даниила). В современном языке зловещее предзнаменование, предостережение о гибели, «судьба предрешена».
    •• В русско-английской части словаря нет статьи, посвященной употреблению в современной публицистике библейской, церковно-славянской и конфессиональной лексики. И тому есть причины, хотя существует мнение, что в современных СМИ она используется все шире. Это мнение, однако, верно лишь отчасти. Действительно, изменение отношения власти к церкви в 1980–90-x гг. привело к более частому употреблению конфессиональной лексики, например, в описании храмов, обрядов, в официальной хронике, связанной с иерархами церкви, особенно Русской Православной, и т.д. Но даже здесь, как отмечает исследователь этого явления И.П.Прядко, «интерес авторов... к религиозной тематике в большинстве случаев ограничивается внешними сторонами православного культа и не идет вглубь, не затрагивает духовно-философских основ возрождаемой религии». Отсюда – поверхностность, многочисленные ошибки и неточности. Образованный переводчик увидит здесь не столько переводческую проблему, сколько проявление не слишком высокой культуры.
    •• Что же касается употребления библеизмов и фразеологизмов церковно-славянского происхождения (ничтоже сумняшеся, притча во языцех, на круги своя, злоба дня, и иже с ними и т.п.), то, во-первых, это не ново. Ими не брезговали большевистские руководители первых лет революции и публицисты типа Давида Заславского, а в послевоенной журналистике мода на них была устойчивой. В постперестроечное время их использование особенно характерно для публицистов крайних направлений – коммуно-патриотического (А.Проханов, авторы «Советской России») и радикал-либерального (например, В.Новодворская, Максим Соколов). И.П.Прядко отмечает, что в то время, как «в журналах и газетах, относящихся к группе так называемых «патриотических изданий, эти единицы соотнесены с концептом высокого..., либеральные журналисты чаще всего используют библейскую лексику как средство иронии и сатиры». И для тех, и для других, на мой взгляд, характерны недостаток вкуса и чувства меры. Вновь процитирую И.П.Прядко: «Примеры правильного и осознанного употребления церковно-славянской лексики в речевом пространстве современных СМИ найти чрезвычайно трудно». Так что пока я не нахожу этим стилистическим изыскам наших публицистов места в моем несистематическом словаре. Отправим их в корзину ( waste-paper basket).

    English-Russian nonsystematic dictionary > Bible words and phrases

  • 15 not

    nɔt нареч.
    1) не, нет, ни ( в соединении с вспомогательными и модальными глаголами n't it is hot, is it not (или isn't it) ? ≈ жарко, не правда ли? it is not hot, is it? ≈ не жарко, правда?
    2) усил. то, уж I won't buy it, not I ≈ я-то это не куплю. ∙ not a bit( of it) ≈ нисколько not but, not but that, not but what ≈ хотя;
    не то чтобы not half ≈ очень, сильно;
    еще как! not for the world ≈ ни за что на свете not in the least ≈ нисколько not on your life ≈ ни в коем случае not to speak of ≈ не говоря уже о - not at all не, ни (в соединении с вспомогательными и модальными глагодами в разговорной речи n't) - * infrequently довольно часто - * unconnected with имеющий некоторую связь с - * without reason не без причины, довольно обоснованно - * inconsiderable довольно значительный - I do * know, (устаревшее) I know * я не знаю - don't be afraid, don't fear, (устаревшее) fear * не бойтесь - * knowing не зная - * to wait не ждать - I started early so as * to miss the train я выехал пораньше, чтобы не опоздать на поезд - * a world! ни слова! - it is cold, it is *? холодно, не правда ли? - everybody has * had your opportunities не у всех были ваши возможности преим. в ответах: нет - is he ill? - I hope, * он болен? - Надеюсь, что нет - probably * вероятно, нет - * so это не так;
    нисколько;
    отнюдь нет - if it is clear, we eill go out;
    if *, если погода будет хорошая, мы выйдем, если плохая, то нет в эмоц.-усил. значении: - he won't pay you, * he уж он-то вам не заплатит, не такой он человек! - I won't go there, * I! я-то уж не пойду туда, от меня этого не ждите - are you going to tell him? - Not I! вы ему скажете? - Только не я! в сочетаниях: - * a bit( of it) нисколько, вовсе нет - * at all нисколько, ничуть;
    отнюдь нет;
    вовсе не;
    не стоит( благодарности) - are you ill? - Not at all вы больны? - Вовсе нет - * but, * but that, * but what хотя;
    не то, чтобы;
    все же;
    тем не менее - one cannot but wonder нельзя не задуматься - we cannot but hope he is right нам остается только надеяться, что он прав - *... but that, *... because не потому, что... a - the Unknown Soldier did * die for the glory of one country, but that all nations may live in peace Неизвестный солдат погиб не во славу одной страны, но для того, чтобы все народы могли жить в мире - * half (эмоционально-усилительно) совсем не;
    очень сильно. ужасно - * half bad недурно;
    - was he annoyed? - Not half! он обозлился? - Еще как! - * in the least нисколько, ничуть - he was * in the least embarrassed он нисколько не смутился - * once ни разу;
    не раз, неоднократно - he did * glance at me, no, * once он так не разу и не взглянул на меня! - * once nor twice не раз и не два, часто - * that не то, чтобы;
    насколько - if he said so - * that I heard him say so - he lied если он так сказал - правда, я этого не слышал - то он солгал - I never heard of him, * that that proves anything я никогда не слышал о нем, конечно, это ничего не доказывает - * that I fear him but... я не то, чтобы его боюсь, но... - * that I know of насколько мне известно, нет - *... till только после, к - he will * come till after dinner он придет только после обеда - the territory was * liberated until 1943 территория была освобождена только в 1943 году - * too не слишком, довольно - * too well довольно скверно, неважно - * too loud, please! пожалуйста, потише! - * to say чтобы не сказать - it is warm, * to say hot тепло, чтобы не сказать жарко - this is * to say that... этим я не хочу сказать, что...;
    это не значит, что... - * to speak of не говоря уже о... - it will need much time, * to speak of the expense это потребует много времени, не говоря уже о расходах - that is * to be thought of об этом нечего и думать, это исключено - as likely as * вполне вероятно - as soon as * столь же вероятно;
    скорее да, чем нет > * for the world ни в коем случае;
    ни за что на свете > * on your life ни в коем случае, вовсе нет;
    и ни думайте > * all there не все дома, винтика не хватает not для усиления: he won't pay you, not he! он-то вам не заплатит, это уж поверьте!;
    I won't go there, not I я-то уж не пойду туда I know ~ уст. (= I do not know) я не знаю;
    it is cold, is it not (или isn't it) ? холодно, не правда ли?;
    it is not cold, is it? не холодно, правда? not для усиления: he won't pay you, not he! он-то вам не заплатит, это уж поверьте!;
    I won't go there, not I я-то уж не пойду туда I know ~ уст. (= I do not know) я не знаю;
    it is cold, is it not (или isn't it) ? холодно, не правда ли?;
    it is not cold, is it? не холодно, правда? I know ~ уст. (= I do not know) я не знаю;
    it is cold, is it not (или isn't it) ? холодно, не правда ли?;
    it is not cold, is it? не холодно, правда? I know ~ уст. (= I do not know) я не знаю;
    it is cold, is it not (или isn't it) ? холодно, не правда ли?;
    it is not cold, is it? не холодно, правда? I know ~ уст. (= I do not know) я не знаю;
    it is cold, is it not (или isn't it) ? холодно, не правда ли?;
    it is not cold, is it? не холодно, правда? ~ at all не стоит( благодарности) ;
    not a bit (of it) нисколько;
    not but, not but that, not but what хотя;
    не то чтобы ~ at all нисколько, ничуть ~ at all не стоит (благодарности) ;
    not a bit (of it) нисколько;
    not but, not but that, not but what хотя;
    не то чтобы ~ at all не стоит (благодарности) ;
    not a bit (of it) нисколько;
    not but, not but that, not but what хотя;
    не то чтобы ~ at all не стоит (благодарности) ;
    not a bit (of it) нисколько;
    not but, not but that, not but what хотя;
    не то чтобы ~ half очень, сильно;
    еще как!;
    not for the world ни за что на свете;
    not in the least нисколько world: ~ outlook( или view) мировоззрение, миропонимание;
    to begin the world вступать в новую жизнь;
    not for the world ни за что на свете not для усиления: he won't pay you, not he! он-то вам не заплатит, это уж поверьте!;
    I won't go there, not I я-то уж не пойду туда not для усиления: he won't pay you, not he! он-то вам не заплатит, это уж поверьте!;
    I won't go there, not I я-то уж не пойду туда ~ on your life ни в коем случае;
    not to speak of не говоря уже о ~ to order не отдавать приказ ~ to order не отдавать распоряжение ~ on your life ни в коем случае;
    not to speak of не говоря уже о ~ a few многие;
    немало;
    not too well довольно скверно

    Большой англо-русский и русско-английский словарь > not

  • 16 not

    [nɒt] adv

    not without reason - не без причины, довольно обоснованно

    I do not know, уст. I know not - я не знаю

    don't be afraid, don't fear, уст. fear not - не бойтесь

    I started early so as not to miss the train - я выехал пораньше, чтобы не опоздать на поезд

    not a word! - ни слова!

    it is not cold, is it? - не холодно, правда?

    it is cold, it is not /isn't it/? - холодно, не правда ли?

    everybody has not had your opportunities - не у всех были ваши возможности

    2. преим. в ответах нет

    is he ill? - I hope [believe], not - он болен? - Надеюсь [Полагаю], что нет

    probably not - вероятно, нет

    not so - это не так; нисколько; отнюдь нет

    if it is clear, we will go out; if not, not - если погода будет хорошая, мы выйдем, если плохая, то нет

    3. эмоц.-усил.:

    he won't pay you, not he - уж он-то вам не заплатит, не такой он человек!

    I won't go there, not I! - я-то уж не пойду туда, от меня этого не ждите

    are you going to tell him? - Not I! - вы ему скажете? - Только не я!

    not a bit (of it) - нисколько, вовсе нет

    not at all - а) нисколько, ничуть; отнюдь нет; вовсе не; are you ill? - Not at all - вы больны? - Вовсе нет; б) не стоит ( благодарности)

    not but, not but that, not but what - хотя; не то, чтобы; всё же; тем не менее

    we cannot but hope he is right - нам остаётся только надеяться, что он прав

    not... but that, not... because - не потому, что... а

    the Unknown Soldier did not die for the glory of one country, but that all nations may live in peace - Неизвестный солдат погиб не во славу одной страны, но для того, чтобы все народы могли жить в мире

    not half - эмоц.-усил. а) совсем не

    not half bad - недурно; б) очень сильно, ужасно

    was he annoyed? - Not half! - он обозлился? - Ещё как!

    not in the least - нисколько, ничуть

    not once - а) ни разу; he did not glance at me, no, not once - он так ни разу и не взглянул на меня! б) не раз, неоднократно

    not once nor twice - не раз и не два, часто

    not that - а) не то, чтобы; if he said so - not that I heard him say so - he lied - если он так сказал - правда, я этого не слышал - то он солгал; I never heard of him, not that that proves anything - я никогда не слышал о нём, конечно, это ничего не доказывает; not that I fear him but... - я не то, чтобы его боюсь, но...; б) насколько

    not that I know of - насколько мне известно, нет

    not... till /until/ - только после, к

    the territory was not liberated until 1943 - территория была освобождена только в 1943 году

    not too - не слишком, довольно

    not too well - довольно скверно, неважно

    not too loud, please! - пожалуйста, потише!

    it is warm, not to say hot - тепло, чтобы не сказать жарко

    this is not to say that... - этим я не хочу сказать, что...; это не значит, что...

    not to speak of - не говоря уже о...

    it will need much time, not to speak of the expense - это потребует много времени, не говоря уже о расходах

    that is not to be thought of - об этом нечего и думать, это исключено

    as likely as not см. likely II

    as soon as not - столь же вероятно; скорее да, чем нет

    ♢ not for (all) the world - ни в коем случае; ни за что на свете

    not on your life - ни в коем случае, вовсе нет; и не думайте

    not all there - ≅ не все дома, винтика не хватает

    НБАРС > not

  • 17 ὑπέρ

    ὑπέρ (Hom.+) prep. w. gen. and acc. (lit. s.v. ἀνά, beg. In addition to this, for ὑπέρ: LWenger, Die Stellvertretung im Rechte der Papyri 1896; ARobertson, The Use of ὑπέρ in Business Documents in the Papyri: Exp. 8th ser., 28, 1919, 321–27). The loc. sense ‘over, above’ is not found in our lit. (not in the LXX either, but in JosAs 14:4; ApcEsdr 1:9; Just., Tat., Ath.) but does appear in nonliteral senses. The mss. oft. fluctuate between ὑπέρ and περί; see A3 below.
    A. w. gen.
    ① a marker indicating that an activity or event is in some entity’s interest, for, in behalf of, for the sake of someone/someth.
    ⓐ w. gen. of pers. or human collective
    α. after words that express a request, prayer, etc. After the verbs δέομαι (q.v. b), εὔχομαι (q.v. 1), προσεύχομαι (q.v.), ἐντυγχάνω (q.v. 1a; cp. b), ὑπερεντυγχάνω (q.v.), λιτανεύω (q.v.) etc. After the nouns δέησις (q.v., end) and προσευχή (q.v. 1). S. also 1 Ti 2:1f.
    β. after words and expressions that denote working, caring, concerning oneself about. After the verbs ἀγρυπνέω (q.v. 2), ἀγωνίζομαι (q.v. 2b), μεριμνάω (q.v. 2), πρεσβεύω (q.v.) etc. After the nouns ζῆλος (q.v. 1), σπουδή (q.v. 2), ἔχειν πόνον (πόνος 1). ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν διάκονος Col 1:7.
    γ. after expressions having to do w. sacrifice: ἁγιάζω (q.v. 2), ἁγνίζομαι (s. ἁγνίζω 3). τὸ πάσχα ἡμῶν ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἑτύθη Χριστός 1 Cor 5:7 v.l. ἕως οὗ προσηνέχθη ὑπὲρ ἑνὸς ἑκάστου αὐτῶν ἡ προσφορά Ac 21:26 (προσφέρω 2a).—Eph 5:2; Hb 9:7.
    δ. gener. εἶναι ὑπέρ τινος be for someone, be on someone’s side (PIand 16, 8 τὸ νόμιμον ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν ἐστιν.—Opp. εἶναι κατά τινος) Mk 9:40; Lk 9:50; Ro 8:31.—ἐπιτρέπεταί σοι ὑπὲρ σεαυτοῦ λέγειν Ac 26:1 v.l. (for περί). ἵνα μὴ εἷς ὑπὲρ τοῦ ἑνὸς φυσιοῦσθε κατὰ τοῦ ἑτέρου 1 Cor 4:6b. Cp. 2 Cor 1:11ab; 5:20b (δεόμεθα ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ=as helpers of Christ we beg you. Also prob. is we beg you by or in the name of Christ [Apollon. Rhod. 3, 701 λίσσομʼ ὑπὲρ μακάρων=by the gods, in imitation of Il. 22, 338.—Theaetetus, III B.C.: Anth. Pal. 7, 499, 2]). τοῦτο φρονεῖν ὑπὲρ πάντων ὑμῶν to be thus minded in behalf of you all Phil 1:7 (perh. simply=about; s. 3 below); cp. 4:10 (think of me = care for, be interested in me).
    ε. after expressions of suffering, dying, devoting oneself, etc. (JosAs 28:1 κύριος πολεμεῖ καθʼ ἡμῶν ὑπὲρ Ἀσενεθ ‘against us in behalf of Aseneth’; ApcEsdr 6:18 p. 31, 28 Tdf. δικάζεσθαι ὑπὲρ τοῦ γένους τῶν ἀνθρώπων) ἀποθνῄσκειν ὑπέρ τινος die for someone or someth. (ἀποθνῄσκω 1aα; also Jos., Ant. 13, 6) J 11:50–52; 18:14; Ro 5:7ab. τὴν ψυχὴν αὐτοῦ τίθησιν ὑπὲρ τινος (cp. Jos., Bell. 2, 201; Sir 29:15; ApcSed 1:5; Ar. 15, 10; Mel., P. 103, 791) J 10:11, 15; 13:37f; 15:13; 1J 3:16b.—Ro 16:4; 2 Cor 12:15; Eph 3:1, 13; Col 1:24a.—So esp. of the death of Christ (already referred to at least in part in some of the passages already mentioned. S. also above 1aγ and below 1c) for, in behalf of humanity, the world, etc.: Mk 14:24; Lk 22:19f; Ro 5:6, 8; 8:32; 14:15; 1 Cor 1:13 (where the hypothetical question μὴ Παῦλος ἐσταυρώθη ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν; was chosen for no other reason than its ref. to the redeeming death of Christ); 11:24; 15:3; Gal 2:20; 3:13; Eph 5:25; 1 Th 5:10 (v.l. περί); 1 Ti 2:6; Tit 2:14; Hb 2:9; 6:20; 1 Pt 2:21 (v.l. περί); 3:18a v.l.; 18b; 1J 3:16a; MPol 17:2ab (Just., A I, 50, 1 ὑπὲρ ἡμῶν γενόμενος ἄνθρωπος).—AMetzinger, Die Substitutionstheorie u. das atl. Opfer, Biblica 21, ’40, 159–87, 247–72, 353–77; EBlakeney, ET 55, ’43/44, 306.
    ⓑ w. gen. of thing, in which case it must be variously translated ὑπὲρ (τῶν) ἁμαρτιῶν in order to atone for (the) sins or to remove them 1 Cor 15:3; Gal 1:4; Hb 5:1b; 7:27; 9:7 (here ὑπὲρ … τῶν ἀγνοημάτων); 10:12; B 7:3, 4 (prophetic saying of unknown origin), 5f.—ὑπὲρ τῆς τοῦ κόσμου ζωῆς to bring life to the world J 6:51. ὑπὲρ τῆς δόξης τοῦ θεοῦ to reveal the glory of God 11:4. ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος αὐτοῦ (cp. Sb 7681, 7 [312 A.D.] ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματός μου=in behalf of) to spread his name Ro 1:5; cp. 3J 7. ὑπὲρ ἀληθείας θεοῦ=in order to show that God’s promises are true Ro 15:8. ὑπὲρ τῆς ὑμῶν παρακλήσεως in order to comfort you 2 Cor 1:6ab. Cp. 12:19. ὑπὲρ τῆς πίστεως ὑμῶν for the strengthening of your faith 1 Th 3:2.
    ⓒ in place of, instead of, in the name of (Eur.; Polyb. 3, 67, 7; ApcEsdr 1:11 p. 25, 3 Tdf.; Jos., C. Ap. 2, 142; Just., D. 95, 2.—In pap very oft. ὑπὲρ αὐτοῦ to explain that the writer is writing ‘as the representative of’ an illiterate pers.; Dssm. LO 285, 2 [LAE 335, 4]; other exx. of pap in DWallace, Greek Grammar Beyond the Basics ’96, 384–86) ἵνα ὑπὲρ σοῦ μοι διακονῇ Phlm 13. Somet. the mng. in place of merges w. on behalf of, for the sake of Ro 9:3. οἱ βαπτιζόμενοι ὑπὲρ τῶν νεκρῶν 1 Cor 15:29a is debated; cp. 29b (s. the lit. s.v. βαπτίζω 2c; also KBornhäuser, Die Furche 21, ’34, 184–87; JWhite, JBL 116, ’97, 487–99 [esp. 497f] favors a causal sense). εἷς ὑπὲρ πάντων ἀπέθανεν 2 Cor 5:14; cp. 15ab, 21 (Eur., Alc. 701 κατθανεῖν ὑπέρ σου).
    ② marker of the moving cause or reason, because of, for the sake of, for (Diod S 10, 21, 2 τὴν ὑπὲρ τῶν ἁμαρτημάτων τιμωρίαν; schol. on Pind., O. 6, 154b [=OxfT 91]), w. verbs of suffering, giving the reason for it ὑπὲρ τοῦ ὀνόματος Ac 5:41; 9:16; 21:13; ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ Phil 1:29ab; cp. 2 Th 1:5; ὑπὲρ θεοῦ ἀποθνῄσκω IRo 4:1. Likew. used w. nouns that denote suffering ὑπὲρ Χριστοῦ for Christ’s sake 2 Cor 12:10.—εὐχαριστεῖν ὑπέρ τινος give thanks for someth. 1 Cor 10:30; Eph 5:20; D 9:2; 10:2 (cp. Sb 3926, 12 [I B.C.] τὸ κατεσκευασμένον ὑπὲρ [=in gratefulness for] τῆς ἡμετέρας σωτηρίας Ἰσιδεῖον; Just., A I, 65, 3). δοξάζειν τὸν θεὸν ὑπέρ τινος praise God for someth. Ro 15:9.—ὑπὲρ τούτου with reference to someth. (Synes., Ep. 67 p. 209c) 2 Cor 12:8.—This is prob. the place for ὑπὲρ τῆς εὐδοκίας with (God’s) good pleasure in view Phil 2:13 (εὐδοκία 1).
    ③ marker of general content, whether of a discourse or mental activity, about, concerning (about equivalent to περί [τινος], w. which it is freq. interchanged in the mss.; s. Kühner-G. I p. 487 [w. exx. fr. Hom., Pla. et al.]. Also quite common in Polyb., Diod S, Dionys. Hal., Joseph., ins [e.g. ISardGauthier 2, 3 ‘write about’] and pap [Schmidt 396]; but Ath. differentiates between λόγος ὑπὲρ [in defense of] τῆς ἀληθείας and λόγος περὶ [about] τῆς ἀληθείας R 1 p. 48, 19; Mlt. 105; Rdm.2 p. 140; Johannessohn, Präp 216–21; LDeubner, Bemerkungen z. Text der Vita Pyth. des Iamblichos: SBBerlAk ’35, XIX 27; 71), oft. at the same time in the sense ‘in the interest of’ or ‘in behalf of’ οὗτός ἐστιν ὑπὲρ οὗ ἐγὼ εἶπον J 1:30 (v.l. περί). Ἠσαί̈ας κράζει ὑπὲρ τοῦ Ἰσραήλ Ro 9:27 (v.l. περί). Cp. 2 Cor 1:8 (v.l. περί); 5:12; 7:4, 14; 8:24; 9:2f; 12:5ab (in all the passages in 2 Cor except the first dependent on καυχάομαι, καύχημα, καύχησις); 2 Th 1:4 (ἐγκαυχᾶσθαι). With reference to (Demosth. 21, 121) 2 Cor 8:23; 2 Th 2:1. ἡ ἐλπὶς ἡμῶν βεβαία ὑπὲρ ὑμῶν our hope with reference to you is unshaken 2 Cor 1:7 (ἐλπὶς ὑ. τινος ‘for someth.’ Socrat., Ep. 6, 5 [p. 234, 28 Malherbe]).
    B. w. acc. marker of a degree beyond that of a compared scale of extent, in the sense of excelling, surpassing, over and above, beyond, more than (so always PsSol; TestAbr A 4 p. 81, 29 [Stone p. 10] al.; TestJob 38:6 τὰ ὑπὲρ ἡμᾶς; JosAs 1:6 al.; Ath. 17, 1; 32, 1) κεφαλὴ ὑπὲρ πάντα the supreme Head Eph 1:22 (Appian, Bell. Civ. 5, 74 §314 ὑπὲρ ἅπαντα). ὑπὲρ δύναμιν beyond one’s strength 2 Cor 1:8; cp. 8:3 v.l. (OGI 767, 19f ὑπὲρ δύναμιν; Cyranides p. 63, 22 ὑπὲρ λόγον). Also ὑπὲρ ὸ̔ δύνασθε 1 Cor 10:13. μὴ ὑπὲρ ἃ γέγραπται not (to go) beyond what is written 1 Cor 4:6a (s. WLütgert, Freiheitspredigt u. Schwarmgeister in Korinth 1908, 97ff; ASchlatter, Die korinth. Theologie 1914, 7ff; OLinton, StKr 102, 1930, 425–37; LBrun, ibid. 103, ’31, 453–56; PWallis, TLZ 75, ’50, 506–8; ALegault, NTS 18, ’71/72, 227–31; PMarshall, Hybrists Not Gnostics in Corinth: SBLSP 23, 84, 275–87; on the prob. imagery of a school exercise in which children learn to stay between the lines, s. RTyler, CBQ 60, ’98, 97–103; a public foundational document containing bylaws, JHanges, JBL 117, ’98, 275–98 [pap and ins]). ὑπὲρ ἃ λέγω ποιήσεις you will do even more than I ask Phlm 21. ὑπέρ τι καὶ καθʼ ὑπερβολὴν ὑπερευφραίνομαι I feel an exceeding and overwhelming joy B 1:2.—After an adj. in comp. or superl. for ἤ than: mostly so after the comp. (Judg 11:25 B; 15:2 B; 18:26 B; 3 Km 19:4; Ps 18:11; Hab 1:8) τομώτερος ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν μάχαιραν Hb 4:12. Cp. Lk 16:8; J 12:43 v.l.; MPol 18:2. In an unusually compressed statement: τοὺς ἀποστόλους ὄντας ὑπὲρ πᾶσαν ἁμαρτίαν ἀνομωτέρους the apostles, who were more lawless than (people who commit) any and every sin B 5:9; rarely after the superl. (TestAbr A 2 p. 78, 25 [Stone p. 4]) γλυκυτάτη ὑπὲρ τὸ μέλι Hm 5, 1, 6. Likew. after verbs that express the idea of comparison ἡσσώθητε (=ἐγένεσθε ἥσσονες) ὑπὲρ τὰς λοιπὰς ἐκκλησίας, were you treated worse than the other churches? 2 Cor 12:13.—‘More than’ also takes on the sense more exalted or excellent or glorious than; as the timeless one (ἄχρονος), Christ is called ὁ ὑπὲρ καιρόν the one who is exalted beyond time IPol 3:2. ὑπὲρ θάνατον exalted above death ISm 3:2. οὐκ ἔστιν μαθητὴς ὑπὲρ τὸν διδάσκαλον a disciple is not superior to his teacher Mt 10:24a; Lk 6:40.—Mt 10:24b; Ac 26:13; Phil 2:9. οὐκέτι ὡς δοῦλον ἀλλὰ ὑπὲρ δοῦλον no longer as a slave, but as someth. better than a slave Phlm 16. τῷ δυναμένῳ ὑπὲρ πάντα ποιῆσαι to (God) who is able to do greater things than all (we can ask or imagine) Eph 3:20.— More than (PsSol 17:43; TestGad 7:1) ἀγαπᾶν ὑμᾶς ὑπὲρ τὴν ψυχήν μου (JosAs 13:11) B 1:4; cp. 4:6; 19:5; D 2:7. φιλεῖν Mt 10:37ab. ἀρέσει αὐτῷ ὑπὲρ μόσχον 1 Cl 52:2 (Ps 68:32). λάμπειν IEph 19:2. προκόπτειν Gal 1:14. στίλβειν Hs 9, 2, 2.
    C. adv. use even more. The adv. use of ὑπέρ is, so far, almost unknown outside the NT (but s. L-S-J-M s.v. ὑπέρ E; Schwyzer II 518; Ursing 49 cites fr. an Aesop-ms. ὅπερ ἔτι ὑπὲρ ἀπεδέξατο, where all the other mss. have μᾶλλον [Phil 3:4 ἐγὼ μᾶλλον]. On the adv. use of other prepositions s. Kühner-G. I p. 526f). διάκονοι Χριστοῦ εἰσιν; ὑπὲρ ἐγώ are they assistants of of Christ? I am so even more (than they) 2 Cor 11:23 (W-H. accent ὕπερ; s. Mlt-Turner 250). Wallis (s. B above) classes 1 Cor 4:6 here.—RBieringer: The Four Gospels, Festschr. FNeirynck, ed. FvanSegbroeck et al. ’92, I 219–48. On ὑπὲρ ἄγαν, ὑπὲρ ἐκεῖνα, ὑπὲρ ἐκπερισσοῦ, ὑπὲρ λίαν s. ὑπεράγαν, ὑπερέκεινα, ὑπερεκπερισσοῦ (-ῶς), ὑπερλίαν.—DELG. M-M. EDNT. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ὑπέρ

  • 18 δικαιοσύνη

    δικαιοσύνη, ης, ἡ (s. δίκαιος; Theognis, Hdt.+) gener. the quality of being upright. Theognis 1, 147 defines δ. as the sum of all ἀρετή; acc. to Demosth. (20, 165) it is the opp. of κακία. A strict classification of δ. in the NT is complicated by freq. interplay of abstract and concrete aspects drawn from OT and Gr-Rom. cultures, in which a sense of equitableness combines with awareness of responsibility within a social context.
    ① the quality, state, or practice of judicial responsibility w. focus on fairness, justice, equitableness, fairness
    ⓐ of human beings (a common theme in honorary ins, e.g. IPriene 71, 14f; 22f of a judge named Alexis; Danker, Benefactor 346–48; cp. Aristot., EN 5, 1, 8, 1129a τὸ μὲν δίκαιον ἄρα τὸ νόμιμον καὶ τὸ ἴσον ‘uprightness consists of that which is lawful and fair’; Ath. 34:2 ἔστι δὲ δ. ἴσα ἴσοις ἀμείβειν ‘uprightness means to answer like with like’; for association of δ. with judgment s. also Diog. L. 3, 79; in contexts of praise δ. suggests authority involving juridical responsibility FX 7, ’81, 255 n. 229) δ. κρίσεως ἀρχὴ καὶ τέλος uprightness is the beginning and end of judgment B 1:6. Melchizedek as βασιλεὺς δικαιοσύνης Hb 7:2. ἐργάζεσθαι δικαιοσύνην administer justice Hb 11:33; κρίνειν ἐν δ. (Ps 71:2f; 95:13; Sir 45:26; PsSol 8:24) judge justly Ac 17:31, cp. Mk 16:14 v.l. (Freer ms. line 5 in N. app.); Ro 9:28 v.l. (Is 10:22). ποιεῖν κρίμα καὶ δ. practice justice and uprightness 1 Cl 13:1 (Jer 9:23). καθιστάναι τοὺς ἐπισκοπούς ἐν δ. appoint overseers in uprightness= who will serve justly 1 Cl 42:5 (Is 60:17). David rejoices in God’s δ. 1 Cl 18:15 (Ps 50:16; s. ἀγαλλιάω, end).
    ⓑ of transcendent figures (Pla. τὴν δ. θεοῦ νόμον ὑπελάμβανεν ‘considered divine justice [i.e. apportionment of reward or retribution in accordance with behavior] a principle’ or ‘system’ that served as a deterrent of crime Diog. L. 3, 79). Of an apocalyptic horseman ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ κρινεῖ Rv 19:11.
    ② quality or state of juridical correctness with focus on redemptive action, righteousness. Equitableness is esp. associated w. God (cp. Paradoxogr. Vat. 43 Keller αἰτεῖται παρὰ τ. θεῶν οὐδὲν ἄλλο πλὴν δικαιοσύνης), and in our lit. freq. in connection w. exercise of executive privilege in conferring a benefit. Hence God’s δ. can be the opposite of condemnation 2 Cor 3:9 (s. below); in it God is revealed as judge Rom 3:5—in contrast to human wrath, which beclouds judgment—displaying judicial integrity 3:25 (on this pass. s. also below). Cp. ἐκάλεσά σε ἐν δ. B 14:7 (Is 42:6). Also of equitable privilege allotted by God 2 Pt 1:1.—In Pauline thought the intimate association of God’s interest in retaining a reputation for justice that rewards goodness and requites evil, while at the same time working out a plan of salvation for all humanity, complicates classification of his use of δικαιοσύνη. On the one hand, God’s δ. is pardoning action, and on the other a way of sharing God’s character with believers, who then exhibit righteousness in the moral sense. God achieves this objective through exercise of executive privilege in dispensing justice equitably without reference to νόμος by making salvation available to all humanity (which shares a common problem of liability to wrath by being unanimously in revolt against God Ro 3:9–18, 23) through faith in God’s action in Jesus Christ. The genitival constr. δ. θεοῦ accents the uniqueness of this δ.: Ro 1:17; 3:21f, 25, 26 (s. these pass. also below; Reumann, 3c end); 10:3, and δ. alone 5:21; 9:30 (3 times); 2 Cor 3:9 (opp. κατάκρισις; cp. Dg 9:3; 5). 2 Cor 5:21 may belong here if δ. is viewed as abstract for concrete=δικαιωθέντες (but s. below). All these refer to righteousness bestowed by God cp. ἡ δωρεὰ τῆς δ. Ro 5:17, also 1 Cor 1:30 (sim. 1QS 11, 9–15; 1QH 4, 30–37). In this area it closely approximates salvation (cp. Is 46:13; 51:5 and s. NSnaith, Distinctive Ideas of the OT ’46, 207–22, esp. 218–22; EKäsemann, ZTK 58, ’61, 367–78 [against him RBultmann, JBL 83, ’64, 12–16]). According to some interpreters hunger and thirst for uprightness Mt 5:6 perh. offers (but s. 3a below) a related eschatological sense (‘Kingdom of God’, FNötscher, Biblica 31, ’50, 237–41=Vom A zum NT, ’62, 226–30).—Keeping the law cannot bring about uprightness Ro 3:21; Gal 2:21; 3:21, because δ. ἐκ τοῦ νόμου uprightness based on the law Ro 10:5 (cp. 9:30f), as ἰδία δ. one’s own (self-made) upr. 10:3, is impossible. God’s δ. without ref. to νόμος is to be apprehended by faith Ro 1:17; 3:22, 26; 4:3ff, 13; 9:30; 10:4, 6, 10 (cp. Hb 11:7 ἡ κατὰ πίστιν δ. righteousness based on faith; s. B-D-F §224, 1), for which reason faith is ‘calculated as righteousness’ (Gen 15:6; Ps 105:31; 1 Macc 2:52) Ro 4:3, 5f, 9, 11, 13, 22; Gal 3:6 (cp. Hb 11:7; Js 2:23; AMeyer, D. Rätsel des Jk 1930, 86ff; 1 Cl 10:6; B 13:7). Of Jesus as our righteousness 1 Cor 1:30.—As gift and power Ro 5:17, 21, and because it is intimately associated with the δύναμις of Christ’s resurrection Phil 3:9f (s. below), this righteousness enables the redeemed to respond and serve God faithfully Ro 6:13 (in wordplay opp. of ἀδικία), 16, 18ff; cp. 1 Cor 1:30 of Christ as instrument of God’s gift of δ.; 2 Cor 3:9. Thus God’s δ. functions as δύναμις 6:7 within Christians 5:21 (i.e. the way God acts in justifying or restoring people to a relationship with God’s self serves as a model for Christian interaction; for a difft. view, s. above) through the Spirit (Ro 8:9) and assures them they will have life that will be fully realized at the end of the age Ro 8:10f; for the time being it is a matter of hope ἐλπὶς δικαιοσύνης Gal 5:5 (cp. Is 51:5); cp. ἡ ἐκ θεοῦ δ. Phil 3:9. Pol 8:1 shares Paul’s view: Christ as ἀρραβὼν τῆς δ.—God’s uprightness as gift τοῦ κυρίου τοῦ ἐφʼ ὑμᾶς στάξαντος τὴν δ. who distills uprightness on you Hv 3, 9, 1.—Such perspectives offer a transition to specific ways in which the redeemed express uprightness.
    ③ the quality or characteristic of upright behavior, uprightness, righteousness
    ⓐ of uprightness in general: Mt 5:6 (cp. 6:33; some interpret 5:6 in an eschatological sense, s. 2 above; on desire for δ. cp. ἐπιθυμία τῆς δ. Hm 12, 2, 4); Mt 5:10, 20 (s. b, below); Hm 10, 1, 5; Dg 10:8; λόγος δικαιοσύνης Hb 5:13; Pol 9:1 (s. also Epict., Fgm. Stob. 26; when a man is excited by the λόγος in meetings, he should give expression to τὰ τῆς δικαιοσύνης λόγια). πάσχειν διὰ δ. 1 Pt 3:14. ἄγγελος τῆς δ. Hm 6, 2, 1; 3; 8; 10. ῥήματα δ. 8:9. 10, 1, 5; Dg 10:8; Pol 2:3; 3:1; ἐντολὴ δ. commandment of upr. Pol 3:3; 9:1.—Mt 6:33 of the kind of δ. God expects (on δ. as characteristic required by God acc. to Jewish perspective s. Bousset, Rel.3 387ff; 379ff; 423; cp. KFahlgren, Sẹdāḳā, nahestehende u. entgegengesetzte Begriffe im Alten Testament, diss. Uppsala ’32.—S. Diog. L. 3, 83 on Plato’s view of δικαιοσύνη περὶ θεούς or δ. πρὸς τοὺς θεούς=performance of prescribed duties toward gods; s. also ref. to 3, 79 at 1b above). Christ’s δ. Dg 9:3, 5. διαλέγεσθαι περὶ δ. Ac 24:25. Opp. ἀδικία (Hippol., Ref. 4, 43, 12; Did., Gen. 20, 27) 2 Cl 19:2; Dg 9:1. As ἀρετή Hm 1:2; Hs 6, 1, 4; 8, 10, 3. Opp. ἀνομία 2 Cor 6:14; cp. 2 Cor. 11:15 (ironical); Hb 1:9 (Ps 44:8); ἁμαρτία, which is the dominating power before δ. θεοῦ comes into play Ro 6:16, 18–20; cp. 1 Pt 2:24. ἐργάζεσθαι δ. (Ps 14:2) do what is right Ac 10:35; accomplish righteousness Js 1:20 (W-S. §30, 7g); Hv 2, 2, 7; 2, 3, 3; m 5, 1, 1; 12, 3, 1; 12, 6, 2; Hs 9, 13, 7. Also ἔργον δικαιοσύνης ἐργάζεσθαι 1 Cl 33:8. Opp. οὐδὲν ἐργάζεσθαι τῇ δ. Hs 5, 1, 4; ποιεῖν (τὴν) δ. (2 Km 8:15; Ps 105:3; Is 56:1; 58:2; 1 Macc 14:35 al.) do what is right 1J 2:29; 3:7, 10; Rv 22:11; 2 Cl 4:2; 11:7. Also πράσσειν τὴν δ. 2 Cl 19:3; διώκειν τὴν δ. (cp. Sir 27:8 διώκ. τὸ δίκαιον) seek to attain/achieve upr. Ro 9:30; 1 Ti 6:11; 2 Ti 2:22; 2 Cl 18:2; δ. ἀσκεῖν Hm 8:10. ὁδὸς (τῆς) δ. (ὁδός 3ab) Mt 21:32; 2 Pt 2:21; B 1:4; 5:4. προπορεύσεται ἔμπροσθεν σου ἡ δ. 3:4 (Is 58:8); cp. 4:12. κατορθοῦσθαι τὰς ὁδοὺς ἐν δ. walk uprightly Hv 2, 2, 6; τῇ δ. ζήσωμεν live uprightly 1 Pt 2:24. πύλη δ. gate of upr. 1 Cl 48:2 (Ps 117:19), cp. vs. 4. ἐν οἷς δ. κατοικεῖ (cp. Is 32:16) in which righteousness dwells 2 Pt 3:13. Of Christ’s body δικαιοσύνης ναο͂ς AcPlCor 2:17. παιδεία ἡ ἐν δ. training in uprightness 2 Ti 3:16. ἔργα τὰ ἐν δ. righteous deeds Tit 3:5. λαμπρότης ἐν δ. rejoicing in uprightness 1 Cl 35:2; ἐχθρὸς πάσης δ. enemy of every kind of upr. Ac 13:10. W. ὁσιότης (Wsd 9:3): holiness and upr. (as the relig. and moral side of conduct; cp. 1QS 1:5; 8:2; 11:9–15; 1QH 4:30f) Lk 1:75 (λατρεύειν ἐν δ. as Josh 24:14); Eph 4:24; 1 Cl 48:4. W. πίστις (OGI 438, 8; 1 Macc 14:35; Just., D. 110, 3) Pol 9:2; cp. 2 Pt 1:1. With εἰρήνη (Is 39:8; 48:18) and χαρά Ro 14:17; cp. 1 Cl 3:4; Hb 7:2 (but s. 1a, above). W. ἀλήθεια (Is 45:19; 48:1) Eph 5:9; 1 Cl 31:2; 62:2; Hs 9, 25, 2. W. ἀγάπη 2 Cl 12:1. W. ἀγαθωσύνη Eph 5:9. W. ἁγνεία Hs 9, 16, 7. W. γνῶσις κυρίου (cp. Pr 16:8) D 11:2. ὅπλα (τῆς) δ. tools or weapons of uprightness Ro 6:13; 2 Cor 6:7; Pol 4:1; θῶραξ τῆς δ. (Is 59:17; Wsd 5:18) breastplate of upr. Eph 6:14. τέκνα δικαιοσύνης (opp. ὀργῆς) AcPlCor 2:19. διάκονοι δικαιοσύνης servants of upr. 2 Cor 11:15; Pol 5:2; μισθός δ. D 5:2; B 20:2; μέρος δ. portion in (eternal salvation) which is meant for righteousness ApPt Rainer 6; καρπὸς δικαιοσύνης (Pr 3:9; 11:30; 13:2) produce of uprightness (ApcSed 12:5) Phil 1:11; Hb 12:11; Js 3:18; Hs 9, 19, 2; GJs 6:3. ὁ τῆς δ. στέφανος the crown of upr. (w. which the upright are adorned; cp. TestLevi 8:2; Rtzst., Mysterienrel.3 258; a common theme in honorary ins recognizing distinguished public service, s. indexes SIG, OGI and other ins corpora; Danker, Benefactor 345–47; s. also the boast of Augustus, s.v. δίκαιος 1aα) 2 Ti 4:8; cp. ἡ τ. δικαιοσύνης δόξα the glory of upr. ending of Mk in the Freer ms. ln. 11f. Described as a characteristic to be taught and learned, because it depends on a knowledge of God’s will: κῆρυξ δ. preacher of upr. 2 Pt 2:5 (cp. Ar. 15:2 τῇ δ. τοῦ κηρύγματος). διδάσκειν δ. teach upr. (of Paul) 1 Cl 5:7. μέρος τι ἐκ τῆς δ. a portion of uprightness Hv 3, 1, 6; cp. 3, 6, 4; δ. μεγάλην ἐργάζεσθαι m 8:2.—ἐλέγχειν περὶ δικαιοσύνης convict w. regard to uprightness (of Jesus) J 16:8, 10 (s. WHatch, HTR 14, 1921, 103–5; HWindisch: Jülicher Festschr. 1927, 119f; HTribble, Rev. and Expos. 32, ’37, 269–80; BLindars, BRigaux Festschr., ’70, 275–85).
    ⓑ of specific action righteousness in the sense of fulfilling divine expectation not specifically expressed in ordinances (Orig., C. Cels. 7, 18, 39; Did., Gen. 188, 27: οἱ κατὰ δ. ζῶντες) Mt 3:15=ISm 1:1; of a superior type Mt 5:20 (s. JMoffatt, ET 13, 1902, 201–6, OOlevieri, Biblica 5, 1924, 201ff; Betz, SM 190f); not to win plaudits 6:1. To please outsiders as well as oneself 2 Cl 13:1. W. characteristic restriction of mng. mercy, charitableness (cp. Tob 12:9) of God, whose concern for the poor 2 Cor 9:9 (Ps 111:9) is exemplary for the recipients of the letter vs. 10; participation in such activity belongs, according to Mt 6:1f (cp. δίκαιος 1:19: Joseph combines justice and mercy), to the practice of piety (on the development of the word’s mng. in this direction s. Bousset, Rel.3 380). Pl. (B-D-F §142; W-S. §27, 4d; Rob. 408 δικαιοσύναι righteous deeds (Ezk 3:20; 33:13; Da 9:18) 2 Cl 6:9. δικαιοσύναι righteous deeds (Ezk 3:20; 33:13; Da 9:18; TestAbr A 12 p. 91, 12 [Stone p. 30]) 2 Cl 6:9. ἀρετὴ δικαιοσύνης Hm 1:2; Hs 6, 1, 4; cp. 8, 10, 3.
    ⓒ uprightness as determined by divine/legal standards δ. θεοῦ upr. that meets God’s standard Js 1:20 (W-S. 30, §7g).—Ro 10:5; Gal 2:21; 3:21; Phil 3:6; 3:9.—ASchmitt, Δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ: JGeffcken Festschr. ’31, 111–31; FHellegers, D. Gerechtigkeit Gottes im Rö., diss. Tüb. ’39; AOepke, TLZ 78, ’53, 257–64.—Dodd 42–59; ADescamps, Studia Hellenistica, ’48, 69–92.—S. also JRopes, Righteousness in the OT and in St. Paul: JBL 22, 1903, 211ff; JGerretsen, Rechtvaardigmaking bij Pls 1905; GottfrKittel, StKr 80, 1907, 217–33; ETobac, Le problème de la Justification dans S. Paul 1908; EDobschütz, Über d. paul. Rechtfertigungslehre: StKr 85, 1912, 38–87; GWetter, D. Vergeltungsged. b. Pls 1912, 161ff; BWestcott, St. Paul and Justification 1913; WMacholz, StKr 88, 1915, 29ff; EBurton ICC, Gal. 1921, 460–74; WMichaelis, Rechtf. aus Glauben b. Pls: Deissmann Festschr. 1927, 116–38; ELohmeyer, Grundlagen d. paul. Theologie 1929, 52ff; HBraun, Gerichtsged. u. Rechtfertigungslehre b. Pls. 1930; OZänker, Δικαιοσύνη θεοῦ b. Pls: ZST 9, ’32, 398–420; FFilson, St. P.’s Conception of Recompense ’31; WGrundmann, ZNW 32, ’33, 52–65; H-DWendland, D. Mitte der paul. Botschaft ’35; RGyllenberg, D. paul. Rechtfertigungslehre u. das AT: Studia Theologica (Riga) I ’35, 35–52; HJager, Rechtvaardiging en zekerheid des geloofs (Ro 1:16f; 3:21–5:11) ’39; HHofer, D. Rechtfertigungsverk. des Pls nach neuerer Forschg. ’40; VTaylor, Forgiveness and Reconciliation ’41; RBultmann, Theologie des NT ’48, 266–80, Eng. tr. KGrobel ’51, I 270–85; SSchulz, ZTK 56, ’59, 155–85 (Qumran and Paul); CMüller, FRL 86, ’64 (Ro 9–11); JBecker, Das Heil Gottes, ’64; PStuhlmacher, Gerechtigkeit Gottes b. Paulus, ’65; JReumann, Int 20, ’66, 432–52 (Ro 3:21–31); HBraun, Qumran II, ’66, 165–80; JZiesler, The Mng. of Righteousness in Paul, ’72; ESanders, Paul and Palestinian Judaism, ’77 (s. index 625; appendix by MBrauch 523–42 rev. of discussions in Germany); SWilliams, JBL 99, ’80, 241–90.—CPerella, De justificatione sec. Hb: Biblica 14, ’33, 1–21; 150–69. S. also the lit. on πίστις and ἁμαρτία.—On the whole word s. RAC X 233–360; AKöberle, Rechtfertigung u. Heiligung 1930; EDNT I 325–30.—DELG s.v. δίκη. M-M. EDNT.TW. Sv.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > δικαιοσύνη

  • 19 ζάω

    ζάω contr. ζῶ (Hom.+) impf. ἔζων (Ro 7:9 B ἔζην; on this form s. Schwyzer I 675; B-D-F §88; Mlt-H. 194, both w. ref.); fut. ζήσω (uniformly attested Ro 6:2; Hb 12:9); the later (since Hippocr. VII p. 536 L.; LXX; AscIs 3:9; Jos., Ant. 1, 193 al.) form ζήσομαι (B-D-F §77; Rob. 356) is more common (on the fut. forms s. JLee, NovT 22, ’80, 289–98; GKilpatrick, ibid. 25, ’83, 146–51); 1 aor. ἔζησα. On the LXX usage s. Thackeray 269; for forms in pap, Gignac II 370.
    ① to be alive physically, live
    ⓐ of physical life in contrast to death
    α. gener. Ac 22:22; Ro 7:1, 2, 3; 14:8ac; 1 Cor 7:39; 2 Cor 5:15a; 6:9; Hb 9:17. ψυχὴ ζῶσα a living soul (Gen 1:20 al.; Just., D. 6, 1 ζῇ ψυχῇ) 1 Cor 15:45 (Gen 2:7); Rv 16:3 v.l. ὅσα ἔτη ζῇ as many years as he lives B 10:6 (cp. SIG 663, 6; Sb 173, 6 Αὐρήλιος ζήσας ἔτη νε´; En 10:10). τὸ ζῆν life (Attic wr., ins, pap, LXX) ὥστε ἐξαπορηθῆναι ἡμᾶς καὶ τοῦ ζῆν so that we even despaired of life 2 Cor 1:8. διὰ παντὸς τοῦ ζῆν during the whole lifetime Hb 2:15 (cp. Diod S 1, 74, 3 διατελεῖν πάντα τὸν τοῦ ζῆν χρόνον; 4, 46, 4). ἔτι ζῶν while he was still living= before his death Mt 27:63 (CB I/2 660 no. 618 Ζώσιμος ἔτι ζῶν κατεσκεύασεν; 3 Km 12:6). ζῶντες ἐβλήθησαν … εἰς τὴν λίμνην τοῦ πυρός they were thrown alive into the lake of fire Rv 19:20. ζῶσα τέθνηκεν though alive she is dead 1 Ti 5:6 (cp. Sextus 7). ἡμεῖς οἱ ζῶντες we during our (earthly) life 2 Cor 4:11; the same phrase= we who are still living 1 Th 4:15, 17. Here the opp. is νεκροί, as in Mt 22:32; Mk 12:27; Lk 20:38a. ζῶντες καὶ νεκροί the living and the dead Ac 10:42; Ro 14:9b; 2 Ti 4:1; 1 Pt 4:5; 2 Cl 1:1; B 7:2.—Occasionally the contrast betw. νεκρός and ζῆν is used fig. with ref. to the realm of religion and ethics Lk 15:24 v.l., 32.
    β. of dead persons who return to life become alive again: of humans in general (3 Km 17:23) Mt 9:18; Ac 9:41; 20:12; Rv 20:4, 5; AcPl Ha 11, 7. Of Jesus Mk 16:11; Lk 24:5, 23; Ac 1:3; 25:19; Ro 14:9a; 2 Cor 13:4a; Rv 1:18b; 2:8 (Just., D. 69, 6 νεκροὺς … ζῆν ποιήσας).
    γ. of sick persons, if their illness terminates not in death but in recovery be well, recover (Artem. 4, 4 ἔζησεν ὁ παῖς=became well; 5, 71; 72; PGM 1, 188; 4 Km 1:2; 8:8 εἰ ζήσομαι ἐκ τῆς ἀρρωστίας μου ταύτης; Jos., Vi. 421) Mk 5:23; J 4:50, 51, 53.—Of removal of anxiety 1 Th 3:8.
    δ. also of healthy persons live on, remain alive (X., An. 3, 2, 39 ὅστις δὲ ζῆν ἐπιθυμεῖ πειράσθω νικᾶν; Ep. 56 of Apollonius of Tyana [Philostrat. I 359, 14]; ApcMos 31 διὰ τί σὺ ἀποθνῄσκεις καγὼ ζῶ;) Ac 25:24; 28:4. ἐὰν ὁ κύριος θελήσῃ ζήσομεν Js 4:15. ὸ̓ς ἔχει τὴν πληγὴν τῆς μαχαίρης καὶ ἔζησεν Rv 13:14.
    ε. of beings that in reality, or as they are portrayed, are not subject to death: of Melchizedek Hb 7:8 (opp. ἀποθνῄσκοντες ἄνθρωποι). Jesus as everlasting high priest πάντοτε ζῶν 7:25.—In this sense it is most comprehensively applied to God (s. CBurchard, Untersuch. zu JosAs p. 103) (ὁ) θεὸς (ὁ) ζῶν (cp. 4 Km 19:4, 16; Is 37:4, 17; Hos 2:1; Da 6:21 Theod.; 3 Macc 6:28; TestAbr A 17 p. 99, 10 [Stone p. 46]; TestJob 37:2; JosAs 49:3 al.; SibOr 3, 763; POxy 924, 11 [IV A.D., Gnostic]; PGM 4, 1038 ὁ μέγας ζῶν θεός; 7, 823; 12, 79; Philo, Decal. 67 ὁ ζῶν ἀεὶ θεός; Orig., C. Cels. 8, 59, 18.—The phrase ‘the living God’ is not found in Joseph.) Mt 16:16; 26:63; J 6:69 v.l.; Ac 14:15; Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1); 2 Cor 3:3; 6:16; 1 Th 1:9; 1 Ti 3:15; 4:10; 6:17 v.l.; Hb 3:12; 9:14; 10:31; 12:22; Rv 1:18a; 4:10; 7:2; 10:6; 2 Cl 20:2; GJs 20:1; AcPl Ha 2, 32; also ὁ ζῶν πατήρ J 6:57. W. the addition εἰς τοὺς αἰῶνας τῶν αἰώνων Rv 15:7; cp. 4:9 (cp. Tob 13:2; Sir 18:1). God takes a sovereign oath in the words ζῶ ἐγώ as surely as I live (Num 14:28 al.) Ro 14:11 (Is 49:18; classical parallels GStählin, NovT 5, ’62, 142 n. 2). ζῇ κύριος ὁ θεός [μου] as surely as the Lord my God lives GJs 4:1; 6:1; 13:3; 15:3; 19:3 (Judg 8:19; 1 Km 25:34 al; GrBar 1:7; cp. ApcEsdr 2:7); in expanded form καὶ ζῇ ὁ Χριστὸς αὐτοῦ 15:4 (s. deStrycker ad loc.).—Christ lives διὰ τὸν πατέρα because of the Father J 6:57b (s. Bultmann, comm. ad loc.).
    ⓑ w. mention of that upon which life depends ἐπί τινι on the basis of someth. (Andoc. 1, 100; Isocr. 10, 18; Ael. Aristid. 28, 103 K.=49 p. 525 D.) ζ. ἐπʼ ἄρτῳ live on bread Mt 4:4; Lk 4:4 (both Dt 8:3). ζ. ἔκ τινος obtain one’s living fr. someth. (Aristoph., Eccl. 591; Demosth. 57, 36; POxy 1117, 19; 1557, 12; TestJob 47:1f) 1 Cor 9:14.
    ⓒ w. more precise mention of the sphere (Artem. 3, 62 ἐν ἀγορᾷ ζ.=spend his life in the marketplace) ζ. ἐν σαρκί live in the flesh in contrast to the heavenly life Phil 1:22; Gal 2:20c; ζ. ἐν κόσμῳ live in the world Col 2:20. ζ. ἐν θεῷ, live in God (as the Being who penetrates and embraces everything) Ac 17:28 (s. κινέω 3). For AcPl Ha 1, 15 s. 2a end.
    ② to live in a transcendent sense, live, of the sanctified life of a child of God (ζῆν in the sense of a higher type of life than the animal: X., Mem. 3, 3, 11; Cass. Dio 69, 19: after years of public service, Similis retires and prepares this epitaph: Σίμιλις ἐνταύθα κεῖται βιοὺς μὲν ἔτη τόσα, ζήσας δὲ ἔτη ἑπτά=Here lies Similis, existing for so many years, but alive for only seven.).
    ⓐ in the world ἐγὼ ἔζων χωρὶς νόμου ποτέ I was once (truly) alive without law (this has been interpr. to mean when no law existed; Paul is then regarded as speaking fr. the viewpoint of humanity in paradise before the command Gen 2:16 f; 3:3. Another interpr. thinks of Paul as referring to the period in his life when he was not conscious of the existence and significance of the law. In view of Paul’s climactic affirmation in Ro 7:25, Paul probably illustrates in the first person the perils of a Christian who succumbs to the illusion that moral action is connected with law rather than with the ‘spirit of life in Christ’ Ro 8:2) Ro 7:9. Even now those who listen to the voice of the Son of God enjoy this life J 5:25; cp. 11:26; likew. those who receive him into their being ὁ τρώγων τὸν ἄρτον 6:57c; cp. Ro 6:11, 13 (ἐκ νεκρῶν ζῶντας); Gal 2:19; Rv 3:1. This heavenly life on earth is a ζ. πνεύματι Gal 5:25 or a life not of mere human achievement, but of Christ who lives in Christians 2:20ab. Also of the superhuman power of the apostle ζήσομεν σὺν αὐτῷ ἐκ δυνάμεως θεοῦ εἰς ὑμᾶς we shall live with him (Christ) through God’s power in our dealings with you 2 Cor 13:4. ὁ κύριος βούλεται ζῆν ἡμᾶς ἐν θεῷ=the Lord wills that we live under God’s direction AcPl Ha 1, 15 (opp. ἀποθανεῖν ἐν ἁμαρτίαις; s. 1c end)
    ⓑ in the glory of the life to come (Sir 48:11; cp. Dt 4:1; 8:1; 30:16).
    α. abs. Lk 10:28; J 11:25; 14:19; Ro 8:13b; Hb 12:9. ἐμοὶ τ. ζῆν Χριστός= life is possible for me only where Christ is (hence death is gain) Phil 1:21 (s. OSchmitz, GHeinrici Festschr. 1914, 155–69). Another common interpr. is for me to live is Christ, i.e. while I am alive I experience real life in connection with Christ; w. death comes life in all fullness in the presence of Jesus.
    β. More specifically εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα have eternal life (Ps.-Lucian, Philopatr. 17 ζῆν εἰς τὸν αἰῶνα; PsSol 14:2) J 6:51, 58 (in J the blessed life which the follower of Jesus enjoys here and now in the body is simply continued in the heavenly life of the future. In other respects also the dividing line betw. the present and the future life is somet. nonexistent or at least not discernible); B 6:3; 8:5; 9:2; 11:10f; ἅμα σὺν αὐτῷ (i.e. Χριστῷ) ζ. live together with Christ 1 Th 5:10; ζ. διʼ αὐτοῦ (i.e. Chr.) 1J 4:9; ζ. κατὰ θεὸν πνεύματι live, as God (lives), in the Spirit 1 Pt 4:6. ὁ δίκαιος ἐκ πίστεως ζήσεται (cp. Hab 2:4) he that is just through faith will have life Ro 1:17 (AFeuillet, NTS 6, ’59, 52–80; but s. Fitzmyer, Ro [AB] ad loc.); Gal 3:11; Hb 10:38. This life is τὸ ἀληθινὸν ζῆν ITr 9:2; IEph 11:1. Christ is called τὸ ἀδιάκριτον ἡμῶν ζῆν our unshakable or inseparable life 3:2. τὸ διὰ παντὸς ἡμῶν ζῆν our total life 1 Mg 1:2—The law-directed pers. believes concerning legal performance: ὁ ποιήσας αὐτὰ ζήσεται ἐν αὐτοῖς (Lev 18:5) Gal 3:12; cp. Ro 10:5 (cp. Dio Chrys. 58 [75], 1 οἱ τοῦτον [= τ. νόμον] φυλάττοντες ἔχονται τῆς σωτηρίας=those who observe law have a firm grip on security).
    ③ to conduct oneself in a pattern of behavior, live (Hom. et al.)
    ⓐ used w. adverbs or other modifiers: adv. (Sallust. 19 p. 34, 25 κακῶς ζῆν [Just., A I, 4, 7]; SIG 889, 13ff; Wsd 14:28; Philo; Jos., Ant. 12, 198; Ath. 3, 1 δίκην θηρίων) ἀσώτως Lk 15:13. ἐθνικῶς and ἰουδαϊκῶς Gal 2:14. εὐσεβῶς 2 Ti 3:12. πανούργως Hm 3, 3. σωφρόνως κ. δικαίως κ. εὐσεβῶς Tit 2:12 (Plut., Mor. 1108c ζῆν σωφρόνως κ. δικαίως; cp. Diog. L. 10, 132; 140; Ar. 15, 10).—Φαρισαῖος live as a Pharisee Ac 26:5. ἐν πίστει Gal 2:20d. ἐν ἁμαρτίᾳ Ro 6:2; ζ. ἐν τούτοις live in these (sins) Col 3:7. κατὰ ἀλήθειαν in keeping w. the truth IEph 6:2 (cp. Philo, Post. Cai. 73 κατὰ βούλημα τὸ τοῦ θεοῦ ζ.; Jos., Ant. 4, 302 κατὰ τ. νόμους ζ.; Just., D. 47, 4 κατὰ τὸν νόμον; Orig., C. Cels. 7, 12, 7 κατὰ τὰς θείας γραφάς). κατὰ θεόν 8:1 (cp. SIG 910 A and B). κατὰ Ἰησοῦν Χριστόν IPhld 3:2. κατὰ Χριστιανισμόν live in accordance w. (our) commitment to Christ IMg 10:1. κατὰ σάρκα Ro 8:12f; Dg 5:8; κατὰ κυριακὴν ζ. (opp. σαββατίζειν) include the observance of the Lord’s day in one’s life IMg 9:1. Of a married woman ζ. μετὰ ἀνδρός live w. her husband Lk 2:36 (for the added acc. of extent of time cp. Ael. Aristid. 46 p. 332 D.; Pr 28:16; ἥτις ἔζησεν καλῶς μετʼ ἐμοῦ ἔτη 28, μῆνας 4, ἡμέρας 5: SEG II, 384, 6–8 [restored]; s. also FDanker, Jesus and the New Age ’88, 71).
    ⓑ τινί live for someone or someth., for the other’s benefit (Hom. et al.; Demosth. 7, 17 οἳ οὐκ αἰσχύνονται Φιλίππῳ ζῶντες καὶ οὐ τῇ ἑαυτῶν πατρίδι; Dionys. Hal. 3, 17 … παῖδες, τῷ πατρὶ ζῶντες) ζ. τῷ θεῷ (4 Macc 7:19; 16:25; Philo, Mut. Nom. 13, Rer. Div. Her. 111; s. SAalen, NTS 13, ’67, 10) Lk 20:38b (cp. Soph., Ajax 970); Ro 6:10, 11; Gal 2:19; Hm 3:5; AcPl Ha 10, 7; τῷ κυρίῳ Ro 14:8b (cp. Plut., Cleom. 819 [31, 5]). For Christ 2 Cor 5:15; τῷ ἐμῷ βασιλεῖ AcPl Ha 9, 26 (restored after Aa I 112, 14) τῇ δικαιοσύνῃ ζ. 1 Pt 2:24; ἑαυτῷ ζ. live for oneself (Menand., Fgm. 646 Kö. οὐχ ἑαυτῷ ζῆν μόνον; Diod S 10, 33, 2 ζ. ἑαυτοῖς=live for themselves) Ro 14:7.
    ④ to be full of vitality, be lively the ptc. is used fig. w. respect to things (cp. τῶν δένδρων τῶν ζῶντων ParJer 9:3), of spring water in contrast w. cistern water ὕδωρ ζῶν (Gen 26:19; Lev 14:5; Jer 2:13 v.l.; Zech 14:8.—Stagnant water is called ὕ. νεκρόν: Synes., Ep. 114, 254d) J 4:10f (Hdb. exc. on J 4:14); 7:38; D 7:1f (Wengst p. 77 n. 57). ζώσας πηγάς Rv 7:17 v.l.
    ⑤ to be life-productive, offer life ptc. used w. respect to things (SIG 1173 [138 A.D.], 5 ζῶσαι ἀρεταὶ ἐγένοντο=miracles full of divine life occurred) λόγια ζῶντα words that meant life Ac 7:38. λόγος ζῶν θεοῦ 1 Pt 1:23; cp. Hb 4:12. ὁδὸς ζῶσα a living way 10:20. ἐλπὶς ζῶσα a living hope 1 Pt 1:3.—ζ. is also used of things which serve as descriptions of pers. who communicate divine life: of Christ ὁ ἄρτος ὁ ζῶν J 6:51a. λίθος ζῶν 1 Pt 2:4. Of Christians: θυσία ζῶσα a living sacrifice Ro 12:1. λίθοι ζῶντες 1 Pt 2:5.—τὰ παρὰ ζώσης φωνῆς καὶ μενούσης the (words) of a living and abiding voice Papias (2:4) (opp. ἐκ τῶν βιβλίων).—Lit. s. ζωή end. DELG s.v. ζώω.M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > ζάω

  • 20 καλέω

    καλέω impf. ἐκάλουν; fut. καλέσω (LXX; JosAs 17:5; 20:6; Jos., Ant. 11, 266.—W-S. §13, 5; B-D-F §74, 1; Mlt-H. 242); 1 aor. ἐκάλεσα; pf. κέκληκα. Mid.: fut. 3 sg. καλέσεται (Just., D. 43, 5). Pass. 1 fut. κληθῆσομαι (W-S. §15); 2 fut. 3 sg. κεκλήσεται Lev 13:45; Hos 12:1; 1 aor. ἐκλήθην; pf. κέκλημαι (Hom.+).
    ① to identify by name or attribute, call, call by name, name
    ⓐ call (to someone) abs., with naming implied (opp. ὑπακούειν; cp. PHamb 29, 3 [89 A.D.] κληθέντων τινῶν καὶ μὴ ὑπακουσάντων; Just., D. 136, 2 οὔτε καλοῦντος αὐτοῦ ἀνέχεσθε οὔτε λαλοῦντος ἀκούετε) of God ἐκάλουν καὶ οὐχ ὑπηκούσατε 1 Cl 57:4 (Pr 1:24); w. obj. τὰ ἴδια πρόβατα καλεῖ κατʼ ὄνομα J 10:3 v.l.
    ⓑ call, address as, designate as w. double acc. (Just., D. 3, 5 θεὸν σὺ τί καλεῖς; Hippol., Ref. 6, 20, 1) αὐτὸν καλῶμεν κύριον 2 Cl 4:1; cp. Mt 22:43, 45; 23:9 (here the sense supplies the second acc.: you are to call no one your father); Lk 20:44; Ac 14:12; Ro 9:25; Hb 2:11; 1 Pt 1:17 P72; 3:6. A voc. can take the place of the second acc. τί με καλεῖτε κύριε, κύριε; Lk 6:46. Pass. καλεῖσθαι ὑπὸ τῶν ἀνθρώπων ῥαββί Mt 23:7. ὑμεῖς μὴ κληθῆτε ῥαββί you are not to have people call you ‘rabbi’ vs. 8; vs. 10. Cp. Lk 22:25; Js 2:23. ὁ οἶκός μου οἶκος προσευχῆς κληθήσεται Mt 21:13; Mk 11:17 (both Is 56:7). κληθήσονται υἱοὶ θεοῦ Ro 9:26 (Hos 2:1).
    ⓒ name, provide with a name w. double acc. (Iren. 1, 1, 1 [Harv. I 8, 3]) ἐκάλουν αὐτὸ … Ζαχαρίαν they were for naming him Z. Lk 1:59 (on ἐπὶ τῷ ὀνόματι τ. πατρός after his father[’s name] cp. 1 Esdr 5:38; Sir 36:11 and s. Hs 9, 17, 4).—Pass. be given a name, be named (Jos., Ant. 1, 34) κληθήσεται Ἰωάννης his name is to be John Lk 1:60; cp. vs. 62. σὺ κληθήσῃ Κηφᾶς J 1:42. Also of localities Mt 27:8; Ac 1:19; ApcPt Rainer (s. Ἀχερουσία).—Have as a name, be called (Lucian, Jud. Voc. 7 Λυσίμαχος ἐκαλεῖτο; Just., D. 1, 3 Τρύφων…καλοῦμαι; 63, 5 Χριστιανοὶ … καλούμεθα) ὸ̔ς καλεῖται τ. ὀνόματι τούτῳ who bears this name Lk 1:61. Also of localities (Appian, Bell. Civ. 3, 70 §289; 3, 91 §374; SIG 599, 5 τὸ φρούριον ὸ̔ καλεῖται Κάριον; Just., A I, 59, 6 τὸ καλούμενον Ἔρεβος) πόλις Δαυὶδ ἥτις καλεῖται Βηθλέεμ Lk 2:4. Cp. Ac 28:1; Rv 11:8.—Lk, Ac, Rv, GPt add to a pers. or thing the name or surname which he, she, or it bears, by means of the pres. pass. ptc. (cp. SIG 685, 39 νῆσον τὴν καλουμένην Λεύκην; 826e 22; 1063, 5; PPetr II, 45 II, 20; BGU 1000, 6; PCairGoodsp 9, 4; O. Wilck II, 1210, 4). The name: ἀδελφὴ καλουμένη Μαριάμ a sister named Mary Lk 10:39 (PCairMasp 23, 16 τ. ἀδελφὴν καλουμένην Πρόκλαν; TestJob 48:1 ἡ καλουμένη Ἡμέρα). Cp. 19:2; Ac 7:58; Rv 19:11, also 12:9. πόλις καλουμένη Ν. Lk 7:11; cp. 9:10; 19:29; 21:37; 23:33; Ac 1:12; 3:11; 8:10; 9:11; 10:1; 27:8, 14, 16; Rv 1:9; 16:16; GPt 6:24. The surname (2 Macc 10:12 Πτολεμαῖος ὁ καλούμενος Μάκρων; 1 Macc 3:1; Jos., Ant. 13, 367; TestJob 1:1 Ιωβ τοῦ καλουμένου Ιωβαβ): Σίμων ὁ κ. ζηλωτής Simon the Zealot Lk 6:15. Cp. 1:36; 8:2; 22:3 (s. ἐπικαλέω 2); Ac 1:23; 13:1; 15:22 (s. ἐπικαλέω), 37.—The example of the OT (Gen 17:19; 1 Km 1:20; Hos 1:9; 1 Macc 6:17) has influenced the expr. καλεῖν τὸ ὄνομά τινος, w. the name added in the acc. καλέσεις τὸ ὄνομα αὐτοῦ Ἰησοῦν Mt 1:21; GJs 11:3; 14:2. Cp. Mt 1:23 (Is 7:14), 25; Lk 1:13, 31. Pass. Lk 2:21; Rv 19:13.
    ⓓ Very oft. the emphasis is to be placed less on the fact that names are such and such, than on the fact that the bearers of the name actually are what the name says about them. The pass. be named thus approaches closely the mng. to be, and it must be left to the sensitivity of the interpreter whether this transl. is to be attempted in any individual case (Quint. Smyrn. 14, 434 οὔτʼ ἔτι σεῖο κεκλήσομαι=I do not wish any longer to be yours, i.e. your daughter). Among such pass. are these: Ναζωραῖος κληθήσεται he is to be a Nazarene Mt 2:23. υἱοὶ θεοῦ κληθήσονται 5:9; cp. vs. 19ab. υἱὸς ὑψίστου κληθήσεται (in parallelism w. ἔσται μέγας) Lk 1:32; so GJs 11:3, but without the ref. to greatness; cp. Lk 1:35, 76; 2:23. οὐκέτι εἰμὶ ἄξιος κληθῆναι υἱός σου 15:19, 21. οὐκ εἰμὶ ἱκανὸς καλεῖσθαι ἀπόστολος 1 Cor 15:9. ἵνα τέκνα θεοῦ κληθῶμεν, καί ἐσμέν that we should be called children of God; and so we really are 1J 3:1 (sim. Eur., Ion 309 τ. θεοῦ καλοῦμαι δοῦλος εἰμί τε; cp. Just., D. 123, 9; καλεῖσθαι beside εἶναι as Plut., Demetr. 900 [25, 6]). οἱ κεκλημένοι ἐν ὀνόματι κυρίου those who are identified by the Lord’s name i.e. as Christians Hs 8, 1, 1. ἄχρις οὗ τὸ σήμερον καλεῖται as long as it is called ‘today’, as long as ‘today’ lasts Hb 3:13 (WLorimer, NTS 12, ’66, 390f, quoting Pla., Phd. 107c).—Here we may also class ἐν Ἰσαὰκ κληθήσεταί σοι σπέρμα in (through) Isaac you are to have your descendants Ro 9:7 and Hb 11:18 (Gen 21:12).
    ② to request the presence of someone at a social gathering, invite (Hom. et al.; pap; 2 Km 13:23; Esth 5:12; ISardRobert 1, ’64, p. 9, lines 1–4) τινά someone εἰς (τοὺς) γάμους to the wedding (Diod S 4, 70, 3; POxy 1487, 1 καλεῖ σε Θέων εἰς τοὺς γάμους) Mt 22:9; Lk 14:8, cp. vs. 10 (Syn. ἐρωτάω; s. three texts, invitations to the κλινή of Sarapis [ZPE 1, ’67, 121–26], two w. ἐ. and one w. καλέω New Docs 1, 5–9; on Luke’s compositional use of the meal context, s. XdeMeeûs, ETL 37, ’61, 847–70; cp. J 2:2; Rv 19:9. Abs. invite τινά someone 1 Cor 10:27 (Diog. L. 7, 184 of Chrysippus: ἐπὶ θυσίαν [sacrificial meal] ὑπὸ τῶν μαθητῶν κληθῆναι); priests to a child’s birthday GJs 6:2. Cp. Lk 7:39; 14:9, 12f, 16. οἱ κεκλημένοι the invited guests (Damox. Com. [IV/III B.C.] Fgm. 2, 26 K. in Athen. 3, 59, 102c τ. κεκλημένον; Jos., Ant. 6, 48; 52); Mt 22:3b (οἱ κεκλημένοι εἰς τ. γάμους as Diphilus Com. [IV/III B.C.] Fgm. 17, 1), 4, 8; Lk 14:7, 17; cp. vs. 24. ὁ κεκληκώς, the host 14:10 (s. above).—If αὐτοῦ Mk 2:15 refers to Jesus’ home, κ. in vs. 17 registers the double sense of an invitation to dinner and receipt of Messianic benefits, w. Jesus as host (s. AMcNeile, Mt ’57, 118); difft. Lk 5:27–32, s. 4 below. Of a follow-up invitation to guests upon completion of banquet preparations Mt 22:3a (cp. 3b below).
    ③ to use authority to have a person or group appear, summon
    ⓐ call together τινάς people: Workers to be paid Mt 20:8. Slaves to receive orders 25:14; Lk 19:13. Shepherds GJs 4:3. τὰς θυγατέρας τῶν Ἑβραίων for Mary’s diversion 6:1; 7:2. τὰς παρθένους Ox 404 recto, 21 (Hs 113, 5); GJs 10:1. Guests Mt 22:3a (s. 2 end).
    ⓑ summon τινά someone (Appian, Bell. Civ. 4, 82 §347; 4, 86 §362; 1 Macc 1:6) ἀπέστειλαν πρὸς αὐτὸν καλοῦντες αὐτόν they sent to him to summon him Mk 3:31. Cp. Mt 2:7; 22:3a. Of Joseph ἐκάλεσεν αὐτήν GJs 13:2 (for the context cp. Mt 1:18f). Of God: the Israelites fr. Egypt (as a type of Christ) Mt 2:15.— Call upon (Himerius, Or. 48 [=Or. 14], 10; 4 Macc 3:19) Hb 11:8.
    ⓒ a legal t.t. call in, summon before a court (oft. pap) τινά someone (Jos., Ant. 14, 169) Ac 4:18; 24:2.—The transition to mng. 4 is well illustrated by Mt 4:21; Mk 1:20; Papias (8), where the summons is also a call to discipleship.
    ④ From the mngs. ‘summon’ and ‘invite’ there develops the extended sense choose for receipt of a special benefit or experience, call (Paus. 10, 32, 13 οὓς ἂν ἡ ῏Ισις καλέσῃ διʼ ἐνυπνίων; Ael. Aristid. 30, 9 K.=10 p. 116 D.: ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ κληθείς) καλούμενος ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ Hb 5:4. τινὰ εἴς τι someone to someth., in the usage of the NT, as well as that of the LXX, of the choice of pers. for salvation: God (much more rarely Christ) calls εἰς τὴν ἑαυτοῦ βασιλείαν καὶ δόξαν 1 Th 2:12; εἰς τὴν αἰώνιον αὐτοῦ δόξαν 1 Pt 5:10. εἰς ζωὴν αἰώνιον 1 Ti 6:12. εἰς κοινωνίαν τοῦ υἱοῦ αὐτοῦ to fellowship with his son 1 Cor 1:9. ἐκ σκότους εἰς τὸ αὐτοῦ φῶς from darkness to his light 1 Pt 2:9. ἀπὸ σκότους εἰς φῶς 1 Cl 59:2. διὰ τ. χάριτος αὐτοῦ Gal 1:15. for this God called you through our proclamation, namely to obtain the glory 2 Th 2:14; cp. 1 Th 2:12. καλέσαντι … εἰς τὴν μερίδα τοῦ κλήρους τῶν ἁγίων Col 1:12 v.l. (for ἱκανώσαντι). Without further modification Ro 8:30; 9:24; 1 Cor 7:17f, 20–22, 24; Eph 1:11 v.l.; 2 Cl 9:5; 10:1.—κ. κλήσει ἁγίᾳ call with a holy calling 2 Ti 1:9. ἀξίως τῆς κλήσεως ἧς (attraction, instead of ἣν) ἐκλήθητε worthily of the calling by which you were called Eph 4:1 (on the constr. s. W-S. §24, 4b; Rob. 478). Of God: ὁ καλῶν τινά Gal 5:8; 1 Th 5:24. Abs. ὁ καλῶν Ro 9:12. ὁ καλέσας τινά Gal 1:6; 1 Pt 1:15; 2 Pt 1:3. Likew. of Christ ὁ καλέσας τινά 2 Cl 5:1 (Just., A I, 15, 7). Pass. οἱ κεκλημένοι those who are called Hb 9:15. κεκλημένοι ὑπὸ τοῦ θεοῦ διʼ αὐτοῦ (=Ἰ. Χρ.) 1 Cl 65:2. οἱ κεκλημένοι ὑπʼ αὐτοῦ (=υἱοῦ τ. θεοῦ) Hs 9, 14, 5. οἱ κληθέντες Hm 4, 3, 4. S. also 1d.—More closely defined: ἐν δικαιοσύνῃ B 14:7 (Is 42:6). ἐπʼ ἐλευθερίᾳ (s. ἐλευθερία) Gal 5:13. οὐκ ἐπὶ ἀκαθαρσίᾳ ἀλλʼ ἐν ἁγιασμῷ not for impurity, but in consecration 1 Th 4:7. ἐν εἰρήνῃ in peace 1 Cor 7:15. ἐκλήθητε ἐν μιᾷ ἐλπίδι τῆς κλήσεως ὑμῶν you were called in the one hope that you share in your call Eph 4:4. ἡμεῖς διὰ θελήματος αὐτου (=θεοῦ) ἐν Χριστῷ Ἰησοῦ κληθέντες 1 Cl 32:4. εἰς εἰρήνην τοῦ Χριστοῦ ἐν ἐνὶ σώματι Col 3:15. ἐν τῇ σαρκί 2 Cl 9:4. ἐν Ἰσαάκ Hb 11:18 (=Ro 9:7). πόθεν ἐκλήθημεν καὶ ὑπὸ τίνος καὶ εἰς ὸ̔ν τόπον 2 Cl 1:2. εἰς τοῦτο ἵνα for this reason, that 1 Pt 3:9; cp. 2:21. Of Christ: οὐκ ἦλθον καλέσαι δικαίους ἀλλὰ ἁμαρτωλούς (+ εἰς μετάνοιαν v.l.) Mt 9:13; Mk 2:17 (on a prob. double sense in this pass. s. 2); 2 Cl 2:4; cp. vs. 7 (cp. Just., A I, 40, 7 εἰς μετάνοιαν καλεῖ πάντας ὁ θεός); Lk 5:32 (ἐλήλυθα … εἰς μετάνοιαν). Of God: ἐκάλεσεν ἡμᾶς οὐκ ὄντας he called us when we did not exist 2 Cl 1:8. ὁ καλῶν τὰ μὴ ὄντα ὡς ὄντα the one who calls into being what does not exist Ro 4:17 (Philo, Spec. Leg. 4, 187 τὰ μὴ ὄντα ἐκάλεσεν εἰς τὸ εἶναι; cp. Is 41:4; 48:13).—Of the call to an office by God Hb 5:4.—JHempel, Berufung u. Bekehrung (also GBeer Festschr.) ’35; HWildberger, Jahwes Eigentumsvolk ’60.—B. 1276. DELG. EDNT. M-M. TW.

    Ελληνικά-Αγγλικά παλαιοχριστιανική Λογοτεχνία > καλέω

Страницы
  • 1
  • 2

См. также в других словарях:

  • Hope and Glory (film) — Infobox Film name = Hope and Glory caption = Theatrical release poster director = John Boorman producer = John Boorman Michael Dryhurst writer = John Boorman starring = Sebastian Rice Edwards Sarah Miles David Hayman Sammi Davis music = Peter… …   Wikipedia

  • Hope and Glory (TV series) — Infobox television show name = Hope and Glory size = 200px caption = DVD cover format = Drama runtime = 50mins creator = Lucy Gannon director = Juliet May and others starring = Lenny Henry Amanda Redman Clive Russell Gillian Kearney channel = BBC …   Wikipedia

  • Land of Hope and Glory — is a traditional British patriotic song, with music by Sir Edward Elgar and words by A. C. Benson, written in 1902.Usage as the national anthem of England Land of Hope and Glory has long been traditionally sung amidst much flag waving at the… …   Wikipedia

  • Land of Hope and Glory — Land of Hope and Glory …   Википедия

  • Land of Hope and Glory (Ex Pistols) — Infobox Single Name = Land of Hope and Glory Artist = Ex Pistols from Album = Released = 1984 Format = 12 Vinyl | 7 Picture Disc Recorded = 1979 Genre = Punk rock Length = 6 min 02 sec Label = Virgin Records Producer = Dave Goodman Chart position …   Wikipedia

  • Hope — • The desire of something together with the expectation of obtaining it Catholic Encyclopedia. Kevin Knight. 2006. Hope     Hope     † …   Catholic encyclopedia

  • hope — The OT prophets taught that any hope for a satisfactory future depended on the nation s faithfulness to God. Otherwise there would only be chaos and disaster. Amos warned that they should not imagine that God could intervene for them in the day… …   Dictionary of the Bible

  • Hope chest — For other uses, see Hope chest (disambiguation). A hope chest, dowry chest, cedar chest, or glory box is a chest used to collect items such as clothing and household linen, by unmarried young women in anticipation of married life. The term hope… …   Wikipedia

  • For God and country — Saltar a navegación, búsqueda For God and Country Álbum de Dolly Parton Publicación …   Wikipedia Español

  • Perth Glory FC — For the Perth Glory W League team, see Perth Glory W League. Perth Glory Full name Perth Glory Football Club Nickname(s) Glory …   Wikipedia

  • Hope (Hillsong album) — Infobox Album | Name = Hope Type = Live album Artist = Hillsong Church Released = flagicon|Australia 6 July, 2003 flagicon|USA 9 September, 2003 Recorded = 7 March – 8 March, 2003, Hillsong Convention Centre, Sydney, Australia Genre =… …   Wikipedia

Поделиться ссылкой на выделенное

Прямая ссылка:
… Нажмите правой клавишей мыши и выберите «Копировать ссылку»